READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL: BEING SELECTIONS FROM BOOKS IN THE CANTONESE VERNACULAR WITH FREE AND LITERAL TRANSLATIONS OF THE CHINESE CHARACTER AND ROMANIZED SPELLING BT J. DYER BALL, m.r.a.s, &c. Author of ' Thincs Chinese,' ' CantoiVesi'; Made Easy,' ' How TO Speak Cantonese,' ' "^'he Caxtonese Made Easy VocABirLARY,' ' Eas'i: SENXEi.fES m the Hakka Dialect with a Vocabulaky.' &c., &o., HONGKONG: KELLY & V/ALSH, LIMITED, AND AT SHANGHAI, YOKOHAUA AND SINCAI'OHE. 1894 (All Ryhls nesermf). ..-1 CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY THE CHARLES WILLIAM WASON COLLECTION ON CHINA AND THE CHINESE OLIN LIBRARY-CIRCULATION DATE DUE ^m— da flfflPSTo^ m Wff^^^ l,,l J__l'l intewte ^^^^^^ ^^jglg^ I'ini v^ IJ-JU CAVLORD PniNTePINU.S A. Cornell University Library PL 1735.B18R3 Readings In Cantonese colloquial beln( i 3 1924 023 427 572 '^y. Cornell University Library The original of tiiis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023427572 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL BEING SELECTIONS FROM BOOKS IN THE CANTONESE VERNACULAR WITH FREE AND LITERAL TRANSLATIONS OF THE CHINESE CHARACTER AND ROMANIZED SPELLING Br J. DYER BALL, m.r.a.s., &c. Author of ' Things Chinese,' ' Cantonese Made Easy,' ' How TO Speak Cantonese,' ' The Cantonese Made Easy Vocabulary,' ' Easy Sentences in the Hakka Dialect ^\ith a Vocabflary,' &c., &c. a go cc o o et epe HONGKONG : KELLY & ^^^ALSH, LIMITED, AND AT SHANGHAI, YOKOHAMA AND SINGAPORE. 1894 {All Rights Reserved.) RkGIHTKREI) in ACC'OTIHANOE WITH THE PROVIStOXS OF OrDIXANCE NO. 10 OF 1888» AT THE OfFII'E of THE REGISTRAR (tEXERAL, SiT'iiEMF. CorRT House, Hongkong. k/^ofo^jl.^' OTHER WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR : Prioe. "Cantonese M.uje Easy,' 2nd Edition $!3.00 ' How TO Speak Cantonese ' 3.00 'The Cantonese Made Easy Vocabulary,' 2nd Edition 1.00 ■' An En'(^i.ish-Cantonese Pocket Vocabulary,' 2nd Edition 75 ■* Easy Sentences in the Cantonese Dialect with a Vocabulary : ' being the first part of ' Cantonese Made Easy ' and ' The Cantonese Made Easy Vocabulary,' bound in one volume 2.00 * Easy Sentences in the Hakka Dialect with a Vocabulary ' 1.00 ^ How to Weitb the Radicals' 75 ' How to Write Chinese,' Part 1 2.00 ' The San Wui Dialect ' 50 ' The Tung KwuN Dialect ' 50 ' The Anglo-Chinese CooKEEY Book ' 2.00 'Things Chinese,' 2nd Edition 3.50 Li Course of Preparation. ' Tonic JUxmxises in Cantonese.^ PREFACE Heralded some five years ago as in course of preparation, the pressure of other duties has prevented the appearaniie of this book at an earlier date. The inquiries that have been made for it, since it has been known that the work was in contemplation, may be taken as a sign that such a collection of colloquial, extracts will proA'-e useful to the student of Cantonese. It would have been an easier task to extract these passages from only one or two books ; but the Author has considered it better to make selections from nearly every work which was suitable. From some books, a number of selections were made and even prepared for printing, but, though admirable for the learner, many of these had to be laid aside, as otherwise the book would have become too large. It is hoped that the taste here given will incite the learner to excursions by himself into the paths of colloquial literature where, unaided by literal translations and an English orthography, he may cull the flowers of the purest colloquial at his own sweet will. An attempt has been made to graduate this course of lessons : the simplest colloquial will be found at the beginning of the book, and the mixed style, in which book-language words are more or less employed, towards the end. Where the English original could be obtained, the compiler has given it ; but in a few cases it has been necessary for the Author to translate back again from the Chinese into English. This explanation will prevent those who may chance to have the original English works from being at a loss to understand the difference between their own versions and some of those in this book. The cases where such a course has been necessary are in the extracts from ' Bible History for the Least and Lowest,' ' That Sweet Story of Old,' 'The King's Highway,' and 'the Four Character Book,' the last having" been written originally in Chinese. U PREFACE. The English version of the extract from ' The Sacred Edict ' is, with a few slight alterations, taken from Milne's translation. The Author is responsible for the English translation of the portion of the native story of ' Old Cross Sticks.' This last selection is given as a sample, of one of the nearest approaches that the Chinesfe seem able unaided to make towards the use of colloquial in books ; and the learner is hereby warned to be very careful in his study of it not to be led into the idea that all he sees therein may be used as colloquial. When reading it, constant reference to his teacher, as to whether the words or sentences in that Chinese work are pure colloquial or not, will therefore be necessary.. » About a fifth of the bobk is from native sources, the 'Sacred Edict ' and ' Old Cross Sticks ' being Chinese works. The former originally appearing in the book-language, had a few pages of it rendered into colloquial under foreign supervision, and it is nearly the whole of this portion that appears in this book ; the latter, as will be gathered from what has been said above, is not in pure colloquial, nor is it in the book-language, but consists of a mixture of the two. This mixed style of product will therefore be seen to be a sufficient reason for no further extracts fi'om it or similar works being given, and the necessity therefore of selecting the majority of the passages from books which are translations from the English. The translators, it must be remembered, have had the assistance of good native speakers, consequently the Chinese teacher has left his imprint on the work that, has passed through his hands. The orthography employed is that used in the other books of the ' Cantonese Made Easy ' series, with these two exceptions : the Ic of the final ehelc is dropped ; and the Author has also adopted, in this book, Mr. E. H. Parker's bu instead of the ui previously used. The advantages accruing from the use of the present book, the Author believes, will be many. First it supplements the other phrase and sentence books in use ; gives the learner a larger vocabulary ; extends his knowledge of colloquial, carrying it up into the mixed style, without which his knowledge of Cantonese colloquial will be incomplete. It has further this advantage that the various books from which the extracts in Chinese are taken are the work of different men. By its use he therefore gets familiar with the style of speech of different Chinese speakers-^a most desirable consummation to be attained, as all who know anything of Chinese are aware. The PREFACE. lU extracts given, with, the exceptions noticed above, are in good idiomatic colloquial. The learner need therefore feel no fear of assimilating them to his own use. In conclusion, the Author may say that he himself, though speaking Chinese from infancy, has derived great assistance from a systematic use of books in colloquial, and he doubts not that many more will do so in the future. This book, he believes, will assist them in their efforts and with this belief he has prepared it. It only remains to acknowledge the assistance rendered to the Author by Mr. Mok MAN-CHEUXCf in looking over the Chinese proofs, &c. J. DYER BALL. 1st June, 1894. CONTENTS PliEKACK m » w Intkoddction • • • > • • • • . .-. > ■ ■ page iv Lksso> ' [. Peep of Day,' ' • ■ ■ •)•> 2 7T II. 77 • • • • • 17 2 ^ ' ni. 77 • • ■ IJ 4 ? ? IV. 77 ' • ■ • • • T ■) 6 5> V. 1) • • . ,, 6 )' VI. 77 • • • 11 8 J7 VII. 77 • • . 11 8 77 VIII. 7 7 " • • • • ■ n 10 77 IX. 77 •• • > • 11 12 ■! X. 77 • • ■ • • a 9) 14 77 XI. 'Four Character Book,'... • ■ • 11 18 7? XII. 'The Ten Commandments,' ■ • • n 20 ,, XIII. 'The Creed,' ■ • • 11 24 7'' XIV. ' Bible History for the Least and L owest.' ', 1 26 77 XV. 'Line upon Line,' ... ■ • • 11 34 7? XV r. ' The Sweet Story of the Cross,' . • . 11 48 57 XVII. ' Come to Jesus,' ... • « • 11 54 iy XVJII. 'The King's Highway,' • . • • ■ . 11 58 77 XIX. ' The Gospel of Luke/ ... . . . .« . 11 64 77 XX. ' The Twenty-third Psalm,' . .. ... 11 70 77 XXI. • The Forty-sixth Psalm,' ... • • • '1 72 77 XXII. ' The Epistle of the Apostle Paul to| 74 the Romans,' • • • :i 77 XXIII. 'TheTeDeum,' • • • 11 76 77 XXIV. ' The Gospel of John,' ... * • > 1* 82 ■ ?T XXV. ' The Book of Ruth,' ... • • • 1' 84 57 XXVI. ' The Pilgrim's Progress,' • • • 11 90 55 XXVII. 77 • • • 11 96 55 XXVIII. ' The Holy War,' • • • 11 112 55 XXIX. ' The Sacred Edict/ • • • 11 138 57 XXX. ' Conversations in Colloquial,' .•. n 162 ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS BOOK. ^\*Ot*%*\*\*\f^ Class. = Classifier. Lit. = Literally. * ladieates that the tone the word is marked in is different from the tone in the book language— the tone is a colloquial one. t Indicates that the pronuuciation of the word as given in this book is different from that given to it in the book language. — the word is pronounced differently in colloquial. INTRODUCTION. I. — Hints foe the Use of this Book. A few hints as to tlife method to be adopted iu the use of this book may not be amiss : — Nothing is better in learning to read Chinese than to copy the Chinese. Let your teacher read over the passage to you, you following him clause by clause, imitating his every tone and inflexion of voice. Do not be content with reading a passage over once or twice or even a dozen tirqps, but keep on at it till you know it by heart, especially if it is a subject in which you are to be examined. Then make a point, if you can possibly get the time to do so, to memorise it a la Chinoise, so that if a sentence of it were given you without the book you could keep on with several sentences without looking at the book. The Author feels convinced from experience that this is one of the best ways to learn Chinese. It is splendid practice for the tones if rightly carried out. If you are to be examined in it, it gives you a confidence which is worth possessing. This method is of course mechanical to a certain extent and that alone will not suffice to get up one's subject. It must not be allowed to descend into a mere mechanical, unreasoning process, but must be supplemented by thought, a learning of the meaning, analysis of the composition of the sentences, &c., &c., which go to make up a right comprehension of what one is reading. But, as a firm basis for one's 'after work, the Author feels convinced that there is nothing like this memorising at first as much as possible. If pursued with a book of colloquial sentences or to a certain extent with a colloquial book, it has the additional advantage of furnishing ready-made speech for the beginner to use in con- versation. Tl INTEODUCTION. The student of Chinese requires constant, unremitting use of the language. He must make use of the living tongue — his own, hi& teacher's, and that belonging to the multitude of Chinese by whom he is surrounded. He finds, however, that at first and for some considerable time he seems surrounded by a confusion of tongues. His own, though awkwardly moving to the rhythm of this new and strange language, is understood by himself, of course, and to a less extent by his teacher, who has grown accustomed to its mistakes and makes allowances for them. His teacher's tongife, he likewise- understands to a considerable extent, as he is familiar with it, and his teacher adapts his language to the capacity of his pupil. But when he turns his attention to the speech of those he hears around him, it is humiliating to him to find that it is but a small percentage of what is said that is plain. It is advisable for him, notwithstanding the difficulties in his path, to persist in his attempts at conversation with the natives outside of the small circle formed by his teacher and servants, «S;c., whose talk, continual intercourse has rendered more intelligible to him than that of others. These attempts should be made as soon as he can put together a few Chinese words into a sentence. He thus increases his knowledge, adds to his limited vocabulary, trains his ear to take in the sounds^ and his brain to interpret them, and also gives himself confidence. At the same time there is another method w!hich at the start and for some considerable time he must use even more than the preceding- one, as by it he prepares himself for the preceding one — the preceding- one being the aim and goal of his study. This other method is the use of the phrase and reading book. By memorising at first many of the sentences and making himself quite familiar with the others,. he stores up many words, phrases, and sentences ready for use. The student of Cantonese, if he has gone through the fifteen lessons- in ' Cantonese Made Easy,' and the fifty conversations in ' How to- speak Cantonese ' has, or ought to have, a fairly elementary knowledge of Cantonese colloquial. But, even before accomplishing this task, he will find it pleasant if he has a love for his work, and a relief if he is weary of it, as well as useful, to vary his labour by a careful perusal of some of the colloquial books of which there are not a few in Cantonese. These vary from the simplicity required by the child to the mixed style, as it is termed, in which not a few words primarily belonging to the book language are used. The first style is well adapted for the beginner when he is just commencing to talk in Cantonese ; the latter should be well studied by him after he is familiar with ordinary common conversation. The present book commences with this simple style and proceeds gradually to- INTRODUCTION. Vll the niore difficult. If the student is not restricted in the time which he can give to the style of the language, and if he desires to he proficient in it, it would be well for him to supplement the present work by procuring some, if not all, of the books from which these extracts are made and read them as well. II. — Cantonese Colloquial Literature. A tribute of praise is due to those who have created a colloquial literature for Cantonese speakers. Infinite pains have evidently been taken in the production of the different books : some of them are beautiful specimens of the language — rich in their purity of form and in idiomatic phrase. By a perusal of them we have Cantonese as it is spoken ; for they have all been prepared with the assistance of natives who, to a large extent, are responsible for the Chinese dress of the ideas presented to them by the foreigner. One turns to the purely native literature, prepared entirely by natives, with the hope of finding something similar; but it is disappointing, after numerous enquiries, to find so little to reward one. With the exception of two or three books, there scarcely appears to be anything worthy of the name of a pure colloquial literature produced by the natives themselves — that is to say there appear to be scarcely any books entirely in colloquial. It is only within about the last thirty-five years or so that any systematically continuous attempt, on a large scale, has been made to provide a colloquial literature for the Cantonese. The efforts made previous to this were few in number ; but they are interesting to the student of Cantonese from the fact of their being the precursors of the present mass of literature in the vernacular : first attempts made at introducing the Cantonese to their own spoken language — a language which will in time doubtless take the place of the present book-language, as the living- English of our own day has long ere this superseded the dead language in use in books in Wickliff's time. It is unfortunate that no specimens of these first attempts in Cantonese colloquial are procurable at the present day : they have been long out of print; nor are we able to fix with certainty the date of their production. As far as we are able to gather. Rev. James Legge, D.D., LL.D., for many years missionary of the London Missionary Society at Hongkong, and now Professor of Chinese at Vm INTRODUCTION. Oxford, seems to have led the van in the production of Cantonese Colloquial Literature.'* Unable to discover any copy of these colloquial books of Dr. Legge's, and equally unable to discover much definite information about them, we wrote to Dr. Legge with regard to them, having in view the production of the present monograph. The following extract from Dr. Legge's reply will doubtless prove of interest to our readers : — ' I published long ago the two leaflets, for they were hardly more, about which you ask me, though I do not think that either of them is now in my possession. They were produced early in my mission life in Hongkong, and before I was familiar with the -speaking of Cantonese in any connected narrative or discourse. I used to go from house to house, and shop' to shop ; and where I had the opportunity, to tell off or read these two stories, which often led to interesting conversation. ' I wrote out in the same way ^sop's fables in Thorn's Edition, and committed them to memory, and would often recite one or two ; but I did not print any of them. la ■this way I laboured to help me in acquiring an easy and intelligible style in preaching which was for years the chief object of my ambition.' From ' Memorials of Protestant Missionaries to the Chinese: giving a, list of their Publications and Obituary Notices of the Deceased with Copious Indexes, Shanghai, American Mission Press, 1867,' page 121, we gather that the names of these two leaflets Dr. Legge mentions were as follows : — ' " Unscathed in the Furnace," six leaves, Hongkong. This tract, which is written in the Canton dialect, gives the story of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, followed by a discourse on the subject.' * No mention has been made here of a small tract by the Rev. I. J. Roberts, a missionary at one time of the Southern Baptist Convention of the United States, as this little book was in the Macao dialect. It may not be amiss to quote what ' Memorials of Protestant Missionaries ' has to say concerning it. p. 96 : — ' " Catechism in the Macao Dialect : " Seven' leaves, Macao 1840. This is divided into three parts; the first is a catechism of Christian truths, prefaced by a map of Jerusalem; the second is geographical, with a map of Asia ; and the third is a collection of Scripture quotations. The author's signature is Hea6u.* Several works by Rev. W. Lobscheid, a German missionary in Hongkong and sometime in charge of the Government Schools in the Colony, have not been noted in the text, as they are described as being in a half-colloquial style. To those who may be interested in knowing more about them, the descriptions of them in the book already quoted are given herewith ; — ' " Thousand Character Classic, Hongkong," 1857. This is the popular little Chinese woi-k of that name, with short notes explanatory of the Characters and the text, given in a simple halfrcolloquial utyle. It was prepared for the use of the GovernTnent Schools of Hongkong.' ' " Medhurst's Trimetrical Classic," 16 leaves, Hongkong, 1857. This is Medhurst's Tract * * annotated in the same manner as the preceding. It was reprinted at Hongkong in 1863.' ' " Odes for Children with notes," 17 leaves, Hongkong. This is another popular little book in Chinese Schools, to which Mr. Lobscheid has added simple explanations, clause by clause, uniform with the preceding.' ' "The Four Books with Explanations in the Local Dialect," .31 leaves, Hongkong, 1860. This is the Tdi Hok, or first of the Four Books, annotated in the same style as the preceding, by one of Mr. Lobscheid's teachers, and published with his revision and imprimatur. There is a preface, followed by four questions and answers regarding the contents of the book, and a note regarding Confucius and his works.' INTRODUCTION. IX ' " The Prodigal Repenting," six leaves, Hongkong. This is also in the Canton dialect, and gives the parable of. the prodigal son, followed by a discourse on the subject.' No date is however given of the publication of either of these small tracts. Dr. Legge came up to Hongkong from the Straits in the year 1843 ; consequently these little brochures must have been prepared some thirty years ago or so. Rev. A. P. Happer, m.d., d.d., a missionary of the American Presbyterian Board, has the credit of the following two publications in the Cantonese colloquial in 'Memorials of Missionaries,' which states : — ' " Dialogues between Chong and Yiin," 16 leaves, Canton, 1862. This contains the first five chapters of Dr. Milne's tract with the same title " * adapted to the Canton dialect.' ' "Brown's Catechism," 22 leaves. Canton, 1862. This is a version in the Canton dialect.' Dr. Happer .writes to us in answer to enquiries concerning the colloquial books he prepared, that he translated several chapters of ' The Two Friends ' into Cantonese colloquial and he continues : — ' But I cannot say in what year. It was continued iu disfcribufcion till the blocks were burned in the printing shop in the city. I also translated " Brown's Shorter Catechism," into Cantonese, commencing "Who made you.?" The blocks for it were burnt also. I also translated some others. I cannot locate them. You will find them mentioned in Wylie's "Xotice of Chinese Missionaries and Publications " as published at the Mission Press, Shanghai. I took part in the translation of the gospels into Cantonese but I have no memo, of them.' The dates as given above of two of these books are probably correct, as they would be supplied by Dr. Happer, thirty years ago, a few years after their publication, when his memory was clearer on the subject than it is now after the lapse of so many years, and when probably he had the books themselves to refer to. A trio of missionaries were famous in Canton in the sixties for the production of Colloquial literature : there names were ]\Irs. French, later known as Mrs. Collins, and Messrs. Charles F. Preston and George Piercy, Mr. Preston, who was a missionary of the American Presbyterian Board, was one of the few who spoke the language most remarkably well — a position which but few have the happy gift of attaining to. He drew crowds every day to hear him preach in a chapel in one of the most busy streets of the city of Canton. He was therefore well X INTEODUCTION. fitted for tlie task of putting some of the gospels and the Acts of the Apostles into colloquial. The following issued from Mr. Preston's study, according to the work (' Memorials of Missionaries ') already quoted : — ' " Matthew's Gospel," 40 pages, Canton. A translation into the Canton Dialect.' ' "John's Gospel,'' 38 leaves. Canton. A translation into the Canton Dialect.' ' " Important selections from the life of Christ," in the Canton dialect, 108 leaves. Canton 1863. This consists of a hundred passages selected from the gospels, giving in a consecutive form the various events in the history of our Lord.' ' " Hymn book," 47 leaves. Canton. This is a collection of 81 hymns and two doxologies, translated into the Canton dialect. A later edition was published at Canton, in 51 leaves, with six additional hymns. The prefatory notice was published in a modified form as a separate tract, with the title: "A Child's Attachment to Jesus " in four leaves.' For further reference to Mr. Preston's work see under heading ' New Testament.' The Rev. George Piercy, a veteran missionary, now resident in England, in which country he is well known as the pioneer of Wesleyan missions in China, was also one of the pioneers in this glorious work of giving the Cantonese their language as it is spoken. His first effort was the rendering of the ' Peep of Day ' in 1862 into colloquial, with a preface printed in red and a table of contents, for the benefit of women and children. With this object in view the language was naturally of the simplest. The several extracts from it are therefore placed first of all in the present work. Another lasting monument of Mr. Piercy's labours in China is 'The Pilgrim's Progress,' in Cantonese colloquial. This book being- intended to reach a higher class of readers, as well as ignorant women and uneducated children, is in a higher style of colloquial ; and after the foreign learner has made himself familiar with the simplest style, as represented by the ' Peep of Day ' and other books, the ' Pilgrim's Progress ' will be found an excellent book to read, con- taining as it does idiomatic sentences, words, and phrases in the mixed style of Cantonese, as it is called. It will introduce one to the language in use by the teacher and' educated man, a speech which it is necessary to acquire, but one which should not be INTRODUCTION. XI attempted at the very first, else One will never learn in its purity the simple language of the people which forms the ground work of the whole spoken language, and without a correct knowledge of which one cannot be said to know the language. Two extracts are given in this book from the 'Pilgrim's Progress.' ' The Pilgrim's Progress,' in Cantonese colloquial, was illustrated by a native artist, and Pilgrim appears literally in Chinese dress : now as a literary student ; now as a valiant warrior, ftlad in all the panoply of Celestial armour. Christiana and her children also appear in the dress of the Cantonese women and children — everything is in accord with Chinese ideas on the subject. There is nothing incongruous to the Chinese reader, and thus presented to the native it must appeal more readily to his sympathy than it would otherwise. have done. Mr. Piercj- also translated portions of the New Testament, such as the Epistles, &c. To convey the logical and close reasoning of the apostle Paul, a high style of colloquial was necessary ; and the difficulty in such a work was to keep the words colloquial enough — not, in fact, to be led too much into the book-language mode of writing. The study of such portions of the Cantonese colloquial should be left till the student is well grounded in the simple pure colloquial. We may here remark that the student who desires to proceed to a knowledge of the book-language will find a graduated course of colloquial one of the best preparations possible : commencing with the easiest colloquial, he should proceed gradually after well mastering one style to the higher styles, and then take the simplest book-style such as that of the story-book after which he can gradually advance to more recondite works. Mr. Piercy prepared a icollection of 116 hymns in the Canton dialect in 1863. A small pamphlet of only a few leaves was prepared by Mr. Piercy for the use of beginners. It consists of a collection of the simplest words and phrases with only the Chinese characters in it. A portion of the ' Sacred Edict,' to which reference has been made in the Preface, was also put into been colloquial under the superintendence of Mr. Piercy. For further reference to Mr. Piercy's work see under headings of New Testament and Old Testament, and Romanized colloquial. XU INTRODUCTION. New Testament. We have seen that Messrs. Preston and Piercy both largely -assisted in the translation of the New Testament, as well as Dr. Happer, and others have had a share in the work. Dr. Henry has kindly given ns the following information with regard to the New Testament, and, as it will probably prove of interest to our readers, we reproduce it : — • 'Our Colloquial New Testament is in two parts — often bound together. Part First : Matt. — Acts is tlie work of a union committee, composed at the time the first ■translation was made by Rev. Charles Preston representing the Presbyterian Mission, Rev. George Piercy representing the Wesleyan Misision, and the Rev. Adam Krolczyk ■representing the Rhenish Mission. The London Mission took no part. I do not know exactly how the work was divided ; but believe that Mark is chiefly Mr. Piercy's wbrk, aud John, Mr. Preston's ; and Luke, Mr. Krolczyk's ; Matthew and Acts being shared. The whole passed through the hands of the committee before being adopted ; but many traces of the first translation and the style of each are preserved in the three books mentioned. This is a iona fide union version and is adopted by the American Bible Society and the British and Foreign Bible Society. It has been revised once or twice. *' * •*.' ' Part II — Romans to Revelations is solely the work of our (American Presbyterian) Mission. * *'* * We took up the work ourselves. Our version has been adopted by the American Bible Society and, in the issue of that society, is bound with the union version of Matthew — Acts, forming the complete New Testament. The British and Foreign Bible Society has asked and recei\ed our consent to print it. ** ** ** The work on this part was done by Dr. Happer, Mr. Noyes, and myself. Dr. Happer had the doing of Romans, First and Second Corinthians, First and Second Timothy, Titus, and Philemon. Mr. Noyes had Hebrew to Revelations inclusive. I had Galatiaus, Ephesians, Philiijpians, Oolossians, First and Second Thessalonians. The translations •of each member of the committee were submitted to the others, and all changes and suggestions receiving a majority vote were adopted. Mr. Piercy on his own account made and published a version of the New Testament, Part II, Romans — Revelation.' Old Testament. A Commencement was made with the Old Testament some number of years ago, and the Book of Genesis was first put into Colloquial, Dr. Henry informs us, by Mr. Piercy and Dr. Graves. Exodus to Esther inclusive was the work of Rev. Mr. Noyes. The Book of Psalms was translated into the vernacular in 1884 hy Dr. Graves. From its diction and scope it scarcely needs to be said that the style of colloquial used is that of a high standard; and to anyone who enjoys the reading of Chinese, it will be found a pleasure to read this version of the Psalms. Another version of the Psalms had also been put into Cantonese colloquial by the Rev. A. B. Hutchinson of the Church Missionarj' Society in Hongkong, in the year 1875 or 1876. The Chinese title INTRODUCTION. Xlll page bears the date A.D. 1875, while the English Preface is dated Deeeraber, 1876. In the course of this preface Mr. Hutchinson says : — ' Appointed some four years since, to the management of the Church Mission here, I felt much the loss to the congregation at S. Stephen's Church resulting from the Psalms being in a form (Wau-li) unsuitable for use in Divine Service. Determined to do what I could towards giving my people this most precious aid to devotion, in their own tongue, I ventured to make this translation. » » » » * ;jly thanks are due * * * to the Corresponding Committee of the British and Foreign Bible Society for accepting and publishing this translation.' Mr. Hutchinson is now labouring in Japan. The books of the Old Testament from Job and Proverbs to Malachi inclusive are in the hands of Rev. A. 11 Henry, d.d., of the American Presbyterian Mission for translation. At present the Pentateuch, Joshua, Judges, Ruth, Psalms, and Isaiah are published, and the whole of the Old Testament is expected to be ready within a year or so. Extracts are given from the Book of Ruth and the Book of Psalms in the present work. Other Bookh. At about the same time that Messrs. Preston and Piercy were engaged in their Colloquial translations, Mrs. French (nee Ball) of the American Presbyterian Mission put the Rev. Mr. Hall's (of England) tract ' Come to Jesus ' into Cantonese. This was produced or published in 1864. The next work imdertaken by this lady was of a more ambitious character. It consisted of the translation from the English of a book in five volumes entitled • Bible History for the Least and Lowest,' being a compendium of the whole Biblical narrative in a simple style. The rendering of this work into Cantonese took a number of years. Mrs. French finished it while living in Hongkong, having left the Mission, and married Dr. Collins. The Colloquial in these two books is simple, though not puerile, good, and idiomatic — Mrs. Collins having spoken the language from her youth up like a native. Extracts are given from these two books in the present work. Mrs. Collins is now resident in the United States. The late Mrs. Cunningham (nee Happer) of Canton, in her quiet iiud diligent use of her leisure hours, made considerable additions to the Cantonese colloquial literature. AVell qualified for the task, having spent her life in China and, as a consequence, speaking the language like a native, she devoted herself to this and other labours, when the weakness incident for many years to the insidious advances of a mortal malady would have been a sufficient excuse for rest and complete cessation from all toil. !X1V INTEODUCTION. ' The Sweet Story of the Cross ' was translated by her before her marriage, while yet Miss Happer, in 1874, and while labouring under the auspices of the American Presbyterian, Mission. Mrs. Cunningham's great work in Cantonese, however, consists of three volumes of the ' Peep of Day Series.' The first of these three was the ' Peep of Day ' itself, it appears to have been published in 1879. Not servilely following the original English work in its entirety, it better adapts itself for the Chinese women and children for whom it was intended. Its diction, though simple, is not childish in any way. The second volume is the Chinese rendering of ' Line upon Line ' Part I, and bears the date of 1888. The third volume is Part II of ' Line upon Line,' and the date appearing-^ on the title page is 1889. Extracts from ' The Sweet Story of the Cross ' and ' Line upon Line ' are given in the present work.' Another work of nearlj^ equal size is a series of four volumes, consisting of the translation, by Mrs. Cunningham, of Sunday School Lessons on the gospels — a volume being devoted to each gospel. The passage from the gospel forming the subject of the Sunday School Lesson is first given in Cantonese ; this is followed by the explanations. They are translations of the Westminster Sunday School Lessons, and were published in 1888. ' The Story of the Bible Women ' by Mrs. Cunningham is also said to be another Colloquial book by the same lady, but no particulars seem to be procurable about it. Miss Hattie Noyes of the American Presbyterian Mission has also contributed her quota towards the Cantonese colloquial publications. ' A Catechism of the Old Testament ' and ' A Catechism of the New Testament ' are from her study : we are imable to say whether they are original works or translations. They were published in 1888. Dr. Happer had originally prepared a Three Character and a Four Character Classic, in imitation of the Chinese native text books, for use in the Mission Schools, and intended to convey in rhythmical form a knowledge of the fundamental truths of religion and the facts contained in Scripture. Miss Hattie Noyes translated these two books into Colloquial. There is no date on their title-pages. An extract from the second of the two is given in this work. ' The King's Highway : Illustrations of the Ten Commandments by Rev. R. Newton, d.d.' was translated into Cantonese and published in 1886 by Mrs. Noyes, also of the American Presbyterian Mission. An extract from it appears in the present work. The same lady, we are informed, has also prepared, in Cantonese Colloquial, a book entitled, ' Little Pillows.' IntEODUCTION. XV Nov must we forget the work done by Miss Young of the American Southern Baptist Convention in the translation of Bunyan's ' Holy War ' into the Cantonese Colloquial in 1887. A lengthy extract from it appears in this volume. It is well done, and in a high style of colloquial. Miss Lewis of the American Presbyterian Mission prepared and printed at her own expense a small catechism of 18 pages in 1889. The Rev. A. B. Hutchinson as we have already mentioned translated the book of Psalms in 1876. This translation has, however,, not come into general use. The book of Common Prayer was also translated by the same Author in 1877. Rev. J. S. Burden, d.d.,- English Church Missionary Society's Bishop of South China, also translated a Prayer Book into Cantonese. 'The Memorials of Protestant Missionaries' gives the following- account of it : — ' "Prayer Book," 69 leaves, Hongkong, 1866. This is aversion of the preceding* in the Canton dialect, without the preface and introductory notes.' We refer the reader to our paragraphs on the New and Old Testaments for mention of the Reverends A. Krolczyk, A. B. Henry, i).D., and H. V. Xoyes. Hymn Books. A hymn-book containing one hundred and sixteen hymns was prepared by Mr. Piercy in 1863. ' Gospel Hymns ' was translated and issued by the Baptist Mission in two parts : the first part is dated 1884; the second, 1887. The first part contains sixty-four hymns ; the second thirty-nine, and some doxologies. Amongst them are such favourites as ' Tell me the Old Old Story,' 'Wonderful Words of Love,' 'Hold the Fort,' and ' I am so Glad.' A small hymn-book for children was prepared by Mrs. Happer, containing twenty-five hymns. No date is given on the title page. * Of the preceding the sam^book says :— 'This is a transiation of a portion of the Anglican liturgy, containing the Morning and Evening Prayers. Litany, Baptismal and Communion Services- preceded by a preface and notes for the reader. It is in the Mandarin dialect, and was drawn up with the assistance of Mr. Schereschewsky.' Bishop Burdon also published for the use of foreigners learning Cantonese, Sir Thos. Wade's ' Forty Exercises,' in the ' Tzu Erh Chi,' done into Cantonese with the following title : — ' The Forty Exercises of the Tzu Erh Chi adapted (by permission) to Cantonese. By J. S. Burdon, Bishop of Victoria, with a key. St. Paul's College, Hongkong, 1877.' It only contains the Chinese. Characters. xvi Introduction. A large hymn-book containing two hundred and ten hymns besides doxologies, anthems, and chants ; has no name of compiler on its title page. The date is 1883. It was printed at the Presbyterian Mission premises. A version of the Te Deum is given in the present work. Romanized Cantonkse Colloquial. The latest development of the colloquial literature is in the use of the Romanized. Here more especially than in the character colloquial a spasmodic effort was made between twenty and thirty years ago. At that time Mr. Piercy, whose name is so identified with the introduction of the colloquial, was the prime mover. Some of the scholars, in the boys' and girls' school in the Wesleyan Mission under his and Mrs. Piercy 's oversight, were taught the Romanizing of Can- tonese colloquial according to I)r. Williams's system of orthography, as exemplified in his Tonic Dictionary and other works ; and such fluency did these scholars attain that they were able to write letters in it to Mrs. Piercy and Miss Gunson, their teachers, during their absence in England. The writer, being then a lad with a considerable amount of leisure time on his hands, had the pleasure of giving a little instruction to a small class of four boys who were then lear'ning- the Romanizing as an experiment. Mr. Piercy besides having fly sheets prepared for the elementary steps of learning the power of the vowels and consonants, singly and in combination, had the Crospel of Matthew (if the Author's memory is not at fault)* printed in this Romanized system. On Mr. Piercy's departure from China (if not possibly even before) the matter was dropped and no further ' efforts were made to continue this laudable attempt to introduce Romanizing of Cantonese — a system which is largely made use of in other parts of China, notably in Amoy and ISwatow. It has 'been of the greatest usefulness, though a few foreign scholars in the extreme South of China, (who, mostly having had no practical proof of its utility) oppose it with all the force due to prejudging a system. It is looked at askance by the native literati (in common with their dislike to most foreign innovations) who, unacquainted with its benefits and wed to their own antiquated and cumbrous system, are too proud to concede that any good can result from its use. En passant it may be remarked that there is use for all the different styles of presenting the Chinese language in a written or printed form. To the literati whose whole time is taken up in * The Author wrotj to Mr. Piercy for further information as to his works in the colloquial, but has not received it. INTRODUCTION. XVU delving- amidst all the stores of the ancient classics, the highest <.-lassical style is welcome. A simple style is of move general ntility. not being beneath the notice of" the Classical student, while, at the same time, it is more in- telligible to the mass of the more or less (often less) educated body oi Chinese, who, having been long enough at school, are able tn understand books. But for a large mass of the popidation, the exigencies of whose existence have necessitated an abridgment of the years spent at school, the very simplest book language even is often unintelligible to a great extent. In many instances, the man who has spent a few years at school, as a buy, has gained little else than an ability to name a larger or smaller proportion of the different words, or rather characters, he comes across in the pages of a book accompanied by a very elementary knowledge of their meaning. It is very much as if a man. whose education Avas so restricted in its scope as not to embrace a knoAvledge of Algebra, should lie asked to read the pages of a treatise on that branch of mathematics. His knowledge of the alphabet woidd enable him tn read the equations, &c.. set forth in its pages ; but without any idea of the meaning, or with but a confused notion of it. To such persons, who have not the time to gain a thorough knowledge of the book language, the colloquial (•omes as a boon ; and still more of a blessing will the Romanized be to those who have had next to nothino- of a schoolin": course. For. in the course of a few weeks or months, a very fair knowledge of the Romanized can be acquired, whereas years are necessary for an adequate knowledge to be acqtvired of the character. With women, the case of Romanized rersus character means the possibility of learning to read intelligibly versus the insuperable (in many if not most cases) difficulties of want of time, ability. &c., to acquire an adequate knowledge of the character. There are therefore distinct uses for all the different styles of books. And there can be no doubt that before very long the Chinese nation will, as the English did in Wickliff's time, awake to a use of their vernacular for books. A committee formed of members representing different missions in Canton met in that City and, after taking in review the different systems of Romanizing- used indifferent parts of China, evolved a new system from them. The chief idea in this system of Romanizing, as applied to Cantonese, has been to free the words from all diacritical marks appertaining to the pronunciation of the word as distinct from the tones ; by this means, the diacritical marks are free to be used to represent the tones. The diacritical marks employed are the gx'ave, the acute, the Latin circumflex, a;id the circumflex. Xvni INTliODdCTION. Tliesf murks ;iro plar-od over tlie vowels, aud, where two vowels occur together, they are placed over th(^ second of flie two. The J^ Zp shorig p'iiig, or upjjer ov(ui, toiu; and the J^ >V shcing yap, or upper entering, tone have no mark j)laced over thein at all, tiic fact of no murk sliewing the word to be in one or other of those tones. Tlie final h attached to all. words in the ^ yaj), or entering, tones Ijoing a siiiticient sign, and showing alone that the word in question must be a word in the y\ yap, or entering, tone. No mark being over the vowel shows it to be a _J2_ TV shiing yajj, oi' upper entering, tone, while on the other hand alL words witlif)Ut a mark over the vowed and also without a linal h- are in the J^ ^ shong p'ing, hy upper even, lone. The J^ J^_ shong shiing, or upper rising, tone is represented by the acute accent. The \_^ ^ shong hdii, or upper retiring, tone by the grave (s) accent. The 'T» ^ ha p'ing, or lower even, tone is represented by a dash (-) over the vdwel of the word. The "fi' J^. ha shong, or lower rising, tone is represented by the eireuintlex (~) accent. Tlie ~f» ^ ha hoii, or lower retiring, tone is shown by the J^atin circumflex (^) accent oA'er the vcjwel of the word. The "J^' >\ hsi yap, or lower entering, tone is shown by a dash (-) over the vowel of the word; but the 'p» ^ hfi p'ing, or lower even, tone it will be remembered is represented by the same mark, it may then be asked what servos to differentiate these two tones, both represented by the same mai'k? It will be remembered that all y\ yap, or (filtering, tone words end in k. consequently it will readily be seen that when anv word which has a dash over its vfjwel ends in h, it must be a Ji' _7V ha yap, oi' lower entering, tone word, and all words with a dash over the vowel but not ending in h are in the ~\\ ^ ha p'ing, or lower even, tone. The presence or absence therefore of a 1e in words with a dash r)\(!r the vowel show which of the two tones the word belongs to. The aspirate is represented by the inverted eonuna '''), the single quotation mark, which obviates the barbarism of two h'n occurring together, as in some of the other Romanized svstems in vogue in China, especially in the Lepsius system in use for the Komanized Hakka, as well as in those employed in Swatow and Ajnoy. Compound words are united Ijy a hyphen. These then are all the signs employed ; but they are nf)f sufficient, as the t^ y\ chung yap, or middle entering tone, goes undesignated (though at the same time it must be remembered that most of the (^ y\ chung yap, or middle entering tone, words hav(^ IXTItoDLCTION. XIX long vowels); nor is tlial most important tone, the colloquial rising tone, represented at all ; to say nothing of the what for want of a Ijetter term we shall call the Jl t 2|£ shong shr>ng p'ing, or higher npper even, tono. It is a misnomer to call it a pb ^ chung ])'ing, or medial even, tone as it is higher in pitch than the ordinarx _J^^ shong p'ing, or upper even, tone. Xo system of Romanizing ibr Cantonese can be perfect till tliese important tones are fnlly recogiiised in it. P)arring these important oniissloiis, the tonic marks used in this new Komanized system, once granted that such a method of using tliem is well, seem good and well chusen. Praise is also due for the improNed spelling adopted in some of the words, such as ei instead of the erroneous and jwovincial i which has so disfigured the orihogra})hy employed for so many years in Cantonese. Vi also takes the jilace of the /V so inadequate to represent the proper sound of this class of words in Cantonese. What looks awkward in this new system is the use of double a to represent the Italian a ; but. as^ it was impossible to emp-loy the acute accent (as in the old orthography) to represent this sound — the accents being required. as we have already said, to represent the tones — it is difficult to suggest any other method for representing this sound of the «, the single a being employed for the sound of u in much, excej^t when it occurs alone and at the end of a word, when it lias the same sound as the double a stands for in the middle of a word. The of the old orthography has an h placed after .it when it occurs at \\n' end of a word; but not when it is in the middle of a word — the learner has to remember that in the middle of a word the <> has always this sound. The long o, i.e. the sound of o in the alphabet is unmarked in any way. The double o [oo) sound of the ^/, represented in the old orthography by an acute accent over it (. I'ublislied in Canton, probably in 1862 or 18G3. (9)._BjJ ^i '^ ^ j^'^ i^- ^ ' Impokta.nt ,Si;i.E(Tro.\s kp-oji titb Life ok Christ in the Canton Dialect.' I'repared by l!e\-. C. V. f'lvston. A.P.M., Canton. Tjeaves 108. ' This consists of a hundred passages selected from tJie Gospels, giving in a consecutive form the various CN'ents in tlie history of onr Lord.' J'robably printed from wooden blocks. Published in Cimton, 1803. (10).—^ 1^ f $ 1$ ' ^^^"''''^ Book.' 'I'ranslated Ijy Itev. C. F. Preston, A. P.M., Cauton. Leaves 47. Printed from wooden blocks. Published in Canton, probably in 18(;2, i.si;;i or 1864. ' A collection of eighty -one hymns and two doxolo;;ies, containing a prefatory notice of the coin];ilcr's dangliter who was fond of liymiis and died in her youth. The ]H'efaee \\as also printed as a separate tract of four leaves a)id entitled ^ '^ ^ !i||I |^-' (11). — 1^ T^ jjift pIf ' Hvjin Looic with SIX addiTioxal Hv,m.n"8.' 'IViMislated by Rev. C. F. Pr.ston, A. P.M., (.'anton. Li'aves Til. Printed from wooden blocks. Pnljlished in Canton. (12).—^ ^ ^P ® ' ^'^-''^^ ^'" J'-'^'''^ '■''■ ^''■'^'- '^^i'- ffALL.' Translated from the English liy ^ili' . I'Vciieh, A.P.^.r., Canton. Jjoaves \-J. Size Oj] inches by 4 inch',.;. Priided from Wfioden blocks. Publislicd in Canton, ISO."). (13).—^ ^ j^ |S ' BiHLE Hisroit^' for the JiKAST A.VH Lov. kst.' Translated from the English by Mrs. French (Mi-s. Collins), ('anion and Jfongkong. In five volurm'-i. Vol. 1, Iwives 1 and ITi' : 2, 10!» : .",, ]->i -. 4, i2<) : ',, 128. )Si7.e 8^ inches by 4| iiielies, Pi'inted from wooden blocks. Published in 1860 and subsequent yeare at the A. P.?.!., Canton. (14).—^ ^ M.^ ''''"''' T'ii/;i;im's Prookkss.' 1'ianslated from the English by Rev. G. Pierry, F.W.^L, Canton. In two volumes consisting of Part I and IL Yol. [., leaves IL, -jr,, U, 20, 21), 2>!. Vol. IF., leaves 17, 20, 21, 2J, 17, 18, at E.W.^L Size '.)'i inches by og inches and Og by 5^. Jlhistrated with Chinese full-page wood-cuts. Printed from A\oodeu blocks. Published in Canton, 1870. An 'diflou of the firet part was issued in 1871, but there was a prior edition of the first part. INTHODUCTION. XXVn (15).—'^ ^ fX #1 ' Acts.' Tvauskted from tho Original Crock. Leaves 88. Union vcr.-^ioii, 1872. Size 7f inches by 5^ inches. Printed from type. No place of jirinting or publication on title page. See iS'ew Testament No. 58. (!<>)•— 1^ Pf lifS ^ ^ ' Makk.' Translated from the Original (Jreek. Leaves 21. Union ver.^ion, 1872. Size 7| inches by r.j inches. Printed from, type. No place uF printing or publication on title paji;e. See New Testament No. ThS. (17).— j^ pf ff'/- is -g" ^ ' Mauk.' Lca\-cs 88. Printed at tJie A.P.M. Press, in Shanghai, 1872. Size 'J|- inches by f)!j inches. Printed from type. S'-e New Testament No. ."iS. (lis).— ^ ,^ ^ "^ /\> ■^- ' ^'ai-'1''s Lusser EiTS'rr.ES.' Translated by Pi,ev. G. Piercy, E.IV.M., Canton. Leaves: Gal,'.). Eph., 8. Phi!., (1. Col., 0, 1. Thess., (■>, IL Thess., 8, I. Tim., 7, IL Tim., r,. Titus., 8. Phil, 2. Bound in one volume. Size 9 inches by 5^ inches. Printed from woylcii blocks, l^robably in Canton, and published at the E.\\'.1\L there, 1872. (19). — 'ffi ^ ^ f^ 'Acr.s.' Leaves (il. Size 9| inches by 5:5 inches. Printed from ty|,c. PriiiU'd in .Shanghai, A.P.M. Press, 1878. Sre New Testament No. OS. (2(1). — M -\^ ^M jSE ^ ^ ' Matthew.' Leaves dO. Size 9;{: ii:chcs by ."i-^ inches. Printed from lype, probably in Shanghai at the A.P.M. Press, 1«78. No place of puMi: alion on title page. See New Testanient No. ."iM. (21).— j^ JdP \i:^ yjfS a^ ft ' L^'KE-' Leaves CO. Size 9i inches by ^ inches. Printed froju type, in Shanghai at A.P.M. Press, 1873. Sri' New Testament No. 58. (22).—^ ^ 'PI Is ^ ft ' John.' Leaves 50. Size 9^ inches by 5^ inches. Printed from type, in Shanghai at A.P.M. Press, 1873. See New Testament No. 58. (23).—^ 7^ ^l| iH: IB ' Genesis.' Translated by Eev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton, and Rev. It. H. Graves, M.D., D.o., Canton. Leaves 48. Si/e 7| inches by 5^ inches. Printed from type. Printed in Hongkong. Published by the A.B.S., 1873. (24).— j-ft H ® ■^ ' That Sweet Story of Old.' Translated from the English by Miss Littie Happer, A.P.M., Canton. Leaves 7. Size 8f inches by Sc- inches. Printed from Avooden blocks. Published in Canton, 1874. XXVm INTRODUCTION. (25).—^ i^ M W'l ' '^^^'^ Saceed Edict.' Translated from the native work in the book language by Rev. G. Picrcy, E.W.M., Canton. Leaves 2 and 4. Size 8| inches by 5^ inches. Printed from type. Published iii Canton, 1875. <2C).— "gi ^ ^ ^ W ^^ ^ ' ^"''' Epistles of James and Peteb.' Translated by Rev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton. Leaves 7, 7, and 4. Size 0^ inches by 5f inches. No title page. Printed from wooden 1)locks, 1875 and 1870. <-'')■— ^ -^ 3|t ^ ffi ' Epistle of James.' Translated by Rev. G. Piercy, E.W.JM., Canton. Leaves 7. Size 9^ inches by 5;^ inches. No title page. Printed from wooden blocks. Bound separately, but the same as that contained in No. -'fi. Printed from wooden blocks. (28).— -g ^^ f^ j^ ' The Book of Psalms.' Translated by Rev. A. B. Hutchinson, ('.M.S., Hongkong. Leaves 149. Size 9| inches by 5| inches. Printed from wooden blocks. No local place of publication on title page. Published by the B. & F.B.S., 1870. (29).—;^ '^ Pt^ ^ ' Easy Questions foe Beginners, Canton Dialect.' Prepared by Rev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton. Two vols, bound in one. First Vol. Leaves 3 and .35 : Second Vol. 9. Size 7| inciies by 5^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks. Published in Canton, ]87(i. .(;30).— ^ 3^^' Common Prater.' Translated from the English by Rev. A. B. Hutchinson, C.JLS., Hongkong. Leaves 9G. Size 9f inches by 5f inches. Printed from wooden lilocks. Published in Hongkong, 1877. <31).-1|^ #{^iiii|Bff9 5KA#' Hebrews.' Translated by Rev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton. Leaves 18. Size 9^ inches by 5§ inches. No title page. Printed from wooden blocks, 1877.* (32).— =[|| ^ i ^- Piepared by Rev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton. Leaves 2. No date or t'tle page. Size 7^ inches by 4| inches. A book of words, phrases, and s'mple sentences, for beginners. (33). — S^ p^ P3 ~i^ ft ' "^'^^ FoE'i'Y Exercises from AVade's Tzu Eeh Chi.' Translated from the Mandarin by Rev. J. S. Burden, d.d., C. ^l. Society's Bishop of South China, Hongkong. Leaves 42. Size ]() inches by of inches. Printed in type. Published at St. Paul's Colloge, Hongkong, 1877. * We are informed that Rev. G. Piercy translated Kom. to Rev. inclusive. INTKODUCTION. XXIX <3J^)— ^ %| ^|| ^ ' Peep of Day.' Translated from the English by Mrs. Cunningham, (nee Miss Lillie Happer), Canton. Leaves 114. Size 9f inches by 5^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks. Published at the A.P.M., Canton, 1879. {35). — ' Story of the Bible-womex,' by Mrs. Cunningham, Canton. (We have not seen this book nor or do we know anything about it but its title). <36).— ^ ^ ff 1$ ' Hymn Book.' Translated by Miss Hattie Noyes, A.P.M., Canton, from the Hymn Book in the Mandarin language, adopted by the American Presbyterian Synod of China. Leaves 279 and 7. Size 9-^ inches by 5f inches. Printed from wooden blocks. Published at A.P.M., Canton, 1883. The wooden blocks have been destroyed and it is not likely to be reprinted. It is now entirely out of print. (37). — ^ ^ ^ Up ' GrOSPEL Hyjins.' Issued by S.B.C., Canton. Leaves 25. Size 8^ inches by o^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks. Published by the Baptist Tract Society, Canton, 1884. •(38). — ^^ ^^ ^ ^ ' Childeex's Hyjin Book.' Translated by Mrs. Happer, A.P.M., Canton. Leaves 16. Size 8g^ inches by 5| inches. Printed from wooden blocks, probably in Canton. No date. <39).— ^ ^ ^ ^ ' ^'^^^ ^^ Psalms.' Ti-anslated by Rev. E. H. Graves, M.D., D.D., S.B.C., Canton. Leaves 114. Size 9^ inches by 5f inches. Prmted from type, in Shanghai, at the A. P.M. Press. 1884. Published by the A.B.S. (40). — ^ ^ ^ jE "^^^^ King's Highway by Rev. John Newton.' Translated from the English by Mrs. Xoyes, A.P.M., Canton. Leaves 26, 14, 14, 16, 15, 11, 1, 11, 14 and 12. Illustrated with foreign pictures, 1886. Size 9| inches by of inches. Printed from wooden blocks, probably in Canton. No place of pubhcation on title page. (41).—' Little Pillows.' Translated by Mrs. Xoyes, A.P.M., Canton. (42).—^ ^ j^ ' Three Character Book.' Translated into Cantonese Colloquial by Miss Hattie Noyes, A.P.M., Canton, from the original in the book- language, wliich was wi-itten (in the book-language) by Rev. A. P. Happer, MJ)., D.D., A.P.M., Canton. Leaves 24 and 5. Size 6| inches by 4f inches. No date. Printed from wooden blocks, probably at Canton. No place of publication on the title page. XXX INTRODUCTION. (43).—:^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ' FouE Character Book.' Translated, by Miss, Hattie Noyes, A. P.M., Canton, from the original in the book-language which was ^vritten (in the book-language) by Rev. A. P. Happer, .m.b., d.d., A.P.M., Canton. Leaves 20. Size 8| inches by a^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks, probably at Canton, No date or place of publication on title page. The Ten Commandments, Creed, Lord's Prayer, 'Xo\\- I lay me down to rest ' and the Morning Hymn are at the end of the book. (44).—^ ^ m IE J: ^ ' The Holy War.' Translated from the English by Miss Young, S.B.C., Canton. Two vols, bound in one. Leaves L, 83 and 81. 1887. Size 0^ inches by o§ inches. Printed from wooden blocks. I'ublished at Canton, S.B. Mission. (45).— yj :^ ^ f B 'Exodus.' Translated by Rev. H. Y. Noyes, A.P.]\r., Canton. Pages 85. Size 7| inches by 4f inches. Printed in Shanghai, from type, at the A. P.M. Press. 1888. Published under the auspices of the. A.B.S. (46).— 5^j ^ gg ' Leviticus.' Translated by Rev. H. V. Xoyes, A.P.1\L, Canton. Pages <'i'^. Size 7f inches by 4^ inches. Printed from type, in Shanghai, at the A.P.M. Press. 1888. Published under the ausfiines of tlie A.B.S. (47).—:^ ■!¥ ^ '9^ ^ ' Dei'tekoxdjiy.' Translated by i;(;\ . H. V. Noyes, A.P.5L, Canton. Pages 80. Size 7| inches by 5 inches. Printed from type, in Shanghai, at the A.P.JT. Press., 1888. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. (48).— !UJ MM.^f^^- '"^ ^'^^^^ Catechism of CHi'.rsTrAx Docteixe.' Prepared by Miss Lewis, A.P.M., Canton, and printed at her own expense. Leaves 18. Size 0^ inches by 4^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks. No date, or place of publication on title page. (49).— ,|| ^ /^ ^ :^ 'Westminister Sunday School Lessons.' 4 vols. Translated from the English by Mrs. Cunningham, Canton. Matthew, lieaves G'J. Size !)f inches by iti inches or r>^ inches. Printed and Published in Canton, at the A.P.M., 1«8h. I All uniform with the above. (51).— 1^ JfjP M P4 ^ • I>o. Luke. Leaves 69. }- Published in the same yeai- in Canton, as above. (■'-^-^ ^ # 59 #• 1^0- Jol^n- I^eaves 86. INTRODUCTION. XXXI (53).— 1^ ^ p^ -^ W /Kl ' ^^'" '-I-'estament Catechism.' Prepared by Miss Hattie Noyes,,A.P.M., Canton.* Leaves 73. Size Of inches by 5^ inches. Printed from wooden blocks, 1888. Published at A.P.M., Canton. (.54).— ^ ^ 55 ^ ^ ^ ' New Testament Catec&ism.' - Prepared by Miss Hattie Noyes, A. P.M., Canton.* Leaves 44. Size 9| inches by O^- inches. Printed from wooden blocks, 1888. Published at A.P.M., Canton. (55).—^ ^ S Sfl| ' I^i^^ UPON Line, Part L' Translated from the English by Mrs. Cunningham, Canton. Leaves 124. Printed from wooden blocks, 1888. Published at A.P.M., Canton. (50). — ^ ^0 ^ =||[ 'Line upon Line, Part li.' Translated from the English by Mrs. Cunningham, Canton. Leaves 117. Printed from wooden blocks, 1889. Published at A.P.M., Canton. (57).—^ H^ m ^ ' Numbers.' Translated by Kev. H. V. Noyes, A.P.M., Canton. Pages 92. Size 7^- inches by 4| inches. Printed from type, in Shanghai, at A.P.M., Press. 1889. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. ' ' (58).— 0f tI^^ 1^ V ' ^"^^^^ Testament.' In two vols. Leaves Vol. L, 68, 36, 63, 48, 69 and Vol. TL, 196. Size 9^^ inches by 5f inches. Vol. I., Matt.— Acts, translated by a Union Committee representing several Missions. As far as we can learn now, Mark was chiefly the work of Eev. G. Piercy, E.W.M., Canton ; John, of Ptcv. C. P. Preston, A.P.M., Canton ; Luke, of the Rev. A. Krolczyk, Pthenish Mission ; while Matthew and Acts were either shared, or possibly the work of Rev. C. ¥. Preston. The whole passed through the hands of the Committee before being adopted. It has since been revised once or twice, the Union Version Committee being still in existence, Eev. H. V. Noyes now representing the A.P.M., on it. Vol. II., Rom.— Rev. is solely the work of the' A.P.M., Canton : Rev. A. P. Happer, m.d.j d.d., translating Rom., 1st. & 2nd. Cor., 1st. & 2nd. Tim., and Titus. ; Rev. B. C. Henry, d.d., Gal., Eph., Phil., Col., and 1st & 2nd. Thess. : while Eev. H. V. Noyes did Heb. — to Rev. inclusive. Printed from type at A.P.M., Press, Shanghai, 1889. Vol. I., published under the auspices of the A.B.S.,,& B. & F.B.S. A^ol. II., published under the auspices of the A.B.S., and will probably be also adopted by the B. & F.B.S. * We are uncertain whether these are translations or original works. XXXU INTRODUCTION. <59).— ^ S SS wB ' Joshua.' Translated by Rev. H. V. Noyes, A.P.M., Canfcoii. Pages 57. Size 7| inches by 5 inches. Printed from type, in Shanghai, at A.P.M., Press. 1892. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. O'^)-— i ^ifi M i^ ^ mB ' JuBGES AND Ruth.' Translated by Rev. H. V. Noyes, A. P.M., Canton. Pages 56 and 8. Size 7f inches by 5 inches. Printed from type, at A. P.M., Press, Shanghai. 1H92. PublisTied under the auspices of the A.B.S. (61) — J[>j[ ^ ^ ^ ' Isaiah.' Translated by Rev. B. C. Henry, d.d., A.P.M., Canton. Uniform with the above. Printed /rom type, at A. P.M., Press, Shanghai, 1893. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. (62).— Ma-Hoh Ch'uen Puk Yam Shue. ' Gospel of Mark.' Union Version, Pages 75. Royal 8vo. This is in Romanized Colloquial. Printed from type, 1892. Published by the B. & F.B.S.* ((13).— ;j^ # ^ ^ ' Samuel.' Translated by ]lev. H. V. Noyes, A.P.M., Canton. Uniform with Isaiah. Printed from type, at A.P.M. Press, Shanghai. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. In the press. (64).— ^ij 2 ^B :^ 'KiNfis.' Translated by Rev. II. V. Noyes, A.P.M., Canton. Uniform with Isaiah. Printed from type, at A.P.M. Press, Shanghai. Published under the auspices of the A.B.S. In the press. f * A revised edition of this is being printed. The Gospel of I.iilie and a Primer will also' shortly be issued in the Romanized Colloquial. t The rest of the boolcs of the Old Testament have been translated by Rev. H. V. Noyes and Ui!V. B. C. Henry and are undergoing review and examination by the A.P.M., Canton, 'preparatory to Ijeing sent to the press. They will be issued shortly. EEADING8 IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. ^i READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQTjIAL. LES80N', r. I Yoa have seeii the san in the sky, I Who piit the sun in the sky ? God, Can you reach up so hf^ ? No, God lives in heaven ; heaven is much higher than the sun. Can yoa see God P Xo, Yet he can see you, for God sees every thing. God made every thing at first, and God takes care of every thing, God made you * " and takes care of you always. — '■Peep of Day, ^ pp. 1.&2. pt m ^ f>M^^ Pt ?Jfo pg m> m Mo ±^^^M.m mm ± ^ ± iji- *^ %j it ^ # # i^ LESSON, 11. Who is it that dresses you and feeds you ? Your dear mother. But how does your mother get money to huy the clothes, and the food? Father gives it her. How does your father get money ? -li ?l # m f5? :ir.# r^ fa? rfS READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. LESSON, I. ^Mi "^fal-kln' ^t'in shong" ko' yitj^'t'iu*. Hal" mat - shui* ,chai "k'Sii ^hal ko shii ke „ni ? Hal" Shong" -tal lok^. "N61-"wiii- koii ko chekg shau t6 yibj Viu* k6m' jko ^m ^ni ? ^M -wiil i\ Sh6ng"-tal hal ^fin-^t'ong shii chii' ; jt'ln-jt'ong jk6 kwo yit^- t'au* ^to. "Nel t'al* takj kin 8h6ng-"tai ^m ^ni ? ^M 't n ^ ©o LESSON, V When God made the dry land, there was nothing on it : it was bare. So God spake, and things grew out of the ground. Trees came out of it ; they ^\ere covered with green leaves of different shapes. Some were called oak-trees, and some were called elm- trees, and some beech-trees. And some trees bore nice fruit, such as plum-trees, apple-trees, orange-trees, and fig-trees. — ^ Peep of Day; p. 41. mL ± 't a $f 5t ^ ^ # ^ ai.± # 1i "IE ^M & w, mm m ^ Hi ^M m ^ pg 1^ "^^^ ^ Mo EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 7 LESSON. IV. "Xgo-tei" ^yi-jkii sho cbii ko tei"- We now what live jjlace just called ^fong tsair kiii -tso" sliai^-^kili\ ^chan world. Truly is good to-see, \'>, 32. hai" ho t'ai ke lok^, ^.Tiim ^ko ^t'au, Lift high head you see have that "nel kill "yau ko ^t'iii, ^shui ^tai ^t'au sky, drop low head also see eartli on yair kin tei" shoiig- ke ^ts'ing ts'6. green grass. ^T'in hai" hw "ts'z jat^ ^choiig tai" po' Heaven is very like one [C] large cloth chong , tei" sliong" ke ^.ts'iiig ts'o ho curtain. Earth on gTeen grass very "ts'z yat^ jChong tai" tsek^l, ko yit^- like a [('.] large mat. That sun tau* ho "ts'z yat^ chan tai" ^taug, very like a [f.] large lamp, ^vait tang "ngo-tei" jkwong-"inang t'ai {i.e. so that) we bright clear look takj kill "ye. able see things. LESS( )N, V. Sliong" -tai yi-j.king tso"- hei "hon tei", God already done finished dry land that ko chan" ^shi, kok^ yoiig" mat^- kin* period of-time, every kind of-thing mei"-jts'ang "yau tak^ ^shiing ch'ut^. not yet have able grown out, Ond Sh6ng"-ta{ van" Ava", kok^, yong" ke again said every kind of thing must on matj yiii Jiai tei" shong" ^shangf earth surface produce tmt come. So ch'nt^ jlai, kom tsau" "yau shu"-iiiukj just have trees grow out, 32. Those ^shihig ch'nt^ lok^, ko -^.ti shii" yip^ tree leaves each have not same, 15. kok^ "van ^m ^t'ung ke , "yau ^ti kiii - Have some called banian-tree? : ha\-e tso" ^yuug-shii", "yau ^.ti kiii -tso" some called fir-trees ; have some called jts'ung-shii", "yau ^ti kiu -tso" chuk^ bamboo tree's species. Again have shii" ^chi '^lui*. Yau" "yau "^ho ^.to shii" very many trees able to-produce out "wiii ^shangt ch'ut^ kvvo ke , "yau ^ti fruit, !.">. Have some produce peaches. jShangt t'6*, "yau ^ti ^.shangt lai"- have some j^roduce lychis, have some jChi, "yau ^.ti ^.shangf ^shii-^lei, "yau produce pears, have some produce ^ti jShangt Jiom, ch'iing* ^chi lui". oranges' species. f^ ii READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. LESSON, VI. Vegetables grow out of the earth ; pota- toes and beans, cabbages and lettuces, they are called vegetables. Corn came of it. Some corn is called wheat, and some is called barley, and some is called oats. The ears of corn bend down when they are rijDe, and look yellow like gold. God made the soft green grass to spring up, and flowers to grow among the . grass ; flowers of all colours and of the' sweetest smell. The yellow but- tercup, the blue violet, and white lily and the rose, the most beautiful of all flowers. — ^ Peep of Day,' pp. 41,4S. ^ Pt 4 Hi S IS m^^ 1^ m-^MMZ Mom '&>} m M "IE H^.Pt m % m. =t 515 ± ^ K f4 10 It w m ^ ffl it.^ mm^. ^ itf # "if.^n W T^ ^.11 m n.^ mitz LESSON, VIL When Jesus was a man, he began to teach people about his Father. Jesus used to preach. Where did he preach.!* nmm^ mAPMc §^ m EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 9 LESSON, VI. Ko'-jti tei-, yau- ^htog ch'ut, 'ho ^td That earth also grow out very many ^sho-ts'oi', -yau "^shii* -yau ^tau*, vegetables, have potatoes 1, have pikg ts'oi', hii ts'oi' ^chi lui". beans 2, native cabbage, the mus- tard vegetable's kinds. Yau- "wiii ^shdng ch'ut^ "ng kuk, ^lai, Also can grow out five grains come. -yau j.ti kiii'-tso- Ui'-^mak, -yau ^ti Have some called wheat, have some kiii -tso" jChim--maf no"--mai ^chi called white rice, glutinous rice ^lui.* Ko -jti kukj shukj ke ^shi, kinds. That grain ripe time able "wdi jShul jtai* ^t'au, ^ngdn-shikj bend down head, colour very like ho -ts'z ^wong jkam yat^ yong", yellow gold one same really good shatj- shau ho t'ai. see. Han--jlol Sh6ng--tai' yau' kiii' ko'-^ti Afterward God again called that green ^ts'ing ts'6 jShilng ch'ut^ Jai, ^shiing grass grow out come, grow grass ts'o ko shii , -yau kok^ yong- shik^- that place, have every kind coloured shui ke ^i, yau- ^man-kin ho flowers, also smell very sweet 15, as jhoog ke', jii pik^-hop, /i, miitj- lilies, jasmine, roses kinds. lei- ^fil, ^li-kwai' /d ^chi lui'. LESSO N, VII. ^Ye-jBo jSdm-shapj sui ko ^shl *h6i- Jesus thirty years that time began ahau kong-jShii kiu ^yaa jining- speak books (i.e. to preach) tea«h pJl^, ^t'lu fd- ke' t6--%gi. men understand Heavenly Father's doctrine. "K'oii hai ^pin shii kong-^shii kiu He at what place preach, teach men, jan^ni? eh ? 53. ^ M 10 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Sometimes he preached to people in a place like a church ; sometimes he preached in the fields ; sometimes he sat on the top of a hill and preached ; and sometimes he sat in a ship, and ffl r4% B# Pi OJ Tl.^ the people stood by the edge of the water to hear him. Jesus did not always hve in the same place: he used to walk about from one place to another. Did Jesus walk about alone ? — No ; he had twelve friends always with him. He called them his twelve disciples. — 'Feep of Dai/,'' pp. 83,84. mMm^B-m=^ "^ pg # m.m mu ^ fa + ::! A,# H a + LESSOI "^, VIII. Jesus often went into a ship with his disciples. Peter had a ship of his own, and John had another ship, and they liked to lend their ships to Jesus. m "^.^ # s a ^ ^ m m m ^o Once they were all in a ship, when the wind blew very hard and the water moved up and down, and came over i . -. the ship. The disciples were afraid that they should be drowned. m.:k'ikMmy^frA ^AnmM\ftmMo ^ ^ m EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 11 "Yau ^shi "^hai -liil-pai'-^t'ong,; "yau Have times at church ; have times in jShi hal jt'in ^kfln ; "yau ^shi hal fields; sometimes at hill top also; jSh^n- tengt ; yau" "yau ^shi hal sometimes on ship-board, those jShiin shong", ko -^ti ^t'engf ke listening just stand all shore side tsau" "k'di Siii ngon"-^pin ^lai. come. jYe-^so ^ch'iin-to" kau ^yan ^chau-^wai Jesus disseminate doctrine teach men jto hui , ^m hai" hai shat^ yat^ tiit^, all round also go, not is at fixed tei"-jfong ke . 'K'oii |.cliau-j.wai hui one spot place, 15. He all round kong to" -"lei hai" tuk^ tsz"- kei yat^ go speak doctrine is only himself ko hui ke ^m hai" ^jUi ? ^M hai" ; one [C] go not is eh ? 53. Not is ; "k'oii -yau shap^-yi" ko' j'ang--yau he had twelve [C.]- friends with jt'ung "k'oii hui . Ko shap^-yi" ^yan him go. Those twelve men were hai" ^ch'ing wai" shap,-yi" jmun-^t'o. styled twelve disciples. LESSO] Sf, VIII. jYe-^so jShong "yau ^t-'ung ^miin-^t'o Jesus constantly have with disciples -ts'o*t jShiin kwo "^hoi. Pei-takj sit ship cross sea. Peter himself tsz'-'^kei 'jau chek^, ^shiin, Yokj-^hon have [C] ship, John also have jto -yau chek^, "k'oii "long ja,n ho [C], they two men very pleased chung-yi' tse' ko chek^, ^shiin kwo lend that [C] ship to Jesus, 15. Je-^s6 ke ? "Yau yatj yat^ tili--chung W ^shiin Have one day all in ship on, amve shong", to' 'hoi ^chung-^kin fat^- jin sea centre suddenly hack rise gale ^i&n \ei tili'-^fung tii'-long-, ko'-^ti {lit. great wind) great waves, that 'shui %& yap, ^shiin "lui sh6ng--"hii water heat into ship inside almost -miin, ko' chek„ ^shiin sh6ng^--hii full, that [C] ship almost sink so jCh'am kom' ^kwiin-hai'. jMiin-jt'6 serious. Disciples each man very koko jan 'ho fong, p'ii' "wiii tsam - frightened, fear would drown to t sz. death. ^ , i.^ 12 BEADINUS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Jesus had fallen asleep, and was lying on a pillow. The noise of the wind mm^im^m m Mo and of the water had not awakened him. His disciples ran to him and cried, ' Magter ! do you not care for us ? will you let us die ? ' Then Jesus got up and said to the wind, 'Wind, be still!' and he said to the water. 'Be still." The wind left off blowing, and the water was M in flf «fe .t/m ft ¥ smooth and quiet. Then Jesus said to his disciples, ' Why were you afraid ? Why did you not believe that I would take care of you?' ^ pt ^ m.i^^ pg i$ m ^ ^ # f5^ #o Jesus knew that they were tossed about, and he would have kept them safe, though he was asleep. mmm^. in #,tg u ^ mi m. m nk MM m p§ The disciples said one to another, ' Jesus is the Son of God ; even the wind and the water obey him.' — ' Peep of Day,^ pp. 98,99. LESSO N, IX. When Jesus was in the world, he loved to think of his Father in heaven. He liked to be alone, that he might pray to his Father : sometimes the tears run down his cheeks while he prayed. ^ m Ko chair ^Ye-^s6 ^ngam-jngdm fan - chok,. , ,3 C ^Mun-jt'6 kiu - sengf "k'oii kom wA; ' ^Sin-jShiing, "iigo-tei" p'd, "wiii tsam - sz Ji.' jYe-jSO hei ^shan tui -chti" ko-^ti ^fung long: wa", ' "Nei ho tsing" jla.' Ko -^ti jfang tsik^-^shi tsau" sikj, long" tsau" ^p'ing lok^. jYe- so yan'-tui ^mun-^t'o wir, ' "Xei wai'-mat^ kom ^fong ^ni ? "Nei ^m sun "ngo po-yau ^tak nei ^mer ^Ye- so ^sui hai" fan -chok^, "k'oii ^.to ^chi-to jfung long" tim yong,* tsung-- sz ^m sengt ^to po-yau; takj j.mun-j,t'6 ke . Ko -jti ^mun-^t'6 t'ai-kin kom yong* tili'-chung tsau" w;'r, ' (.Ye-|.s6 k'ok^ hai" Sh6ng"-jtai-ke tsai lok^ ; ^fung long" jto jt'eugt "k'oii wa".' That time Jesus just exactly sleep. Disciples called awake him so said, 'Teacher, we fear wiU drown to death.' Jesus got up to that wind waves said, 'You better be quiet,' 21. That wind immediately then ceased, waves then peace, 32. Jesus again to disciples said 'You on account of -what so afraid,' eh? 53. You not believe I protect able you, eh? 39. Jesus although asleep he also know wind waves how fashion, even al- though not aWake also protect able disciples, 15. Those disciples see so fashion all then say, ' Jesus really is God's son,' 32 ; Wind waves also obey him speaking. LESSON, IX. ^Ye-jS6 tsoi" shai ^chi ^shi, ^shi-^shong kei^-nim" "k'oii ke ^t'infu", ho^chung- yl' tiikj tsz"- kel hai shii ^k'ei- 1'6 Sh6ng"-tai , "yau ^shl "k'oii ^k'ei- 1'6 "ngilu-lm" jlau tak^ ho ^tsai-^long. Jesus in world's time constantly re- membered thought of his Heavenly Father much liked alone (by) him- self at place prayed Grod, have times he prayed tears flowed very bitterly. One night Jesus prayed all night alone upon the top of a high hill. Sometimes Jesus prayed to his Father while his disciples stood near and listened. Once when Jesus had been j)raying with them they said, 'Teach us to pray.' Then Jesus taught them a little prayer. It was this : ' Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will he done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And for- give us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but de- liver us from evil : for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever and ever. Amen.' — 'Peep of Day; pp. 110,112. X^Bf^^PilJjTlfr IWo M m. MM m z. mM Eg ;5^ ffiJI M # 1: # LESSON, X. One morning very early, when Jesus had been dead only two days, the poor women came into the garden. It was not quite light yet ; for the sun was just rising. Yau" "yau ^shi ^shengf ye" hai' ^sMn tengf jk'ei- 1'6. "K'oii pai ^t'ln fii' ^shi, ^nnia-^t'o shong" "yan 'k'ei tsak^, ^pin Jai jtengj. "Yau yatj ^mun-^t'o ^k'au "k'oii wi", ' Chii a , kiiu "ngo-tei" ^k'ei- 1'6 ^a.' ^Ye- so tsau" nim" ^ni ^chong ^k'ei- t'6-^man ^lai kiu "k'oii. jNg fii" tsoi" jt'in, yiin" "yi ^chi jinengf , ^tsiin wai" chi shing . Yiin' "yi chi kwokjj, kong -^lam ^yii shai. Yiiu" "yi ^chi yi , tak^ ^shing, tsoi tei" ^yau-^yii' fisoi" ^.t'in. Sho ynng" jChi Jong, jkam yat^ ts'z "ngo. ^K'au c,"c -,3 .re c," "min "ngo fu", ^yu "ngo "mm ^yan i.chi fii". Sz "ngo pafc^ yap^ shi"-wakj, kau "ngo cli'ntj ok^, : ^.yan kwok,^, "yii jk'iin, "yii ^wing, ^kai "yi ''sho "yau, chi to shai shai^ toi" toi". ^Shing ^sam sho yiin". Again have times whole night in mountain top prayed. He worehipped " heavenly Father time, disciples constantly have stand side in-order-to hear. There-was a-day disciples begged him saying Lord, 2, teach us to-pray, 1. Jesus then said this [C] prayer in-order-to teach them. Our Father in heaven, desire thy name honoured as most holy. Desire Thy kingdom descend to the world. Desire thy royal will be accomplished, in earth same as in heaven. What need food, to day give us. Beg forgive our debts, as we forgive men's debts. Send us not enter temptation. Save us out of evil : because kingdom and power, and glory, all those what hast until genera- tion (after) generation, age (after) age. Sincere heart what wishes. LESSON, X. jYe-^s6 "yi-Jiing sz-^hiu "long yat^, to tai" ^sam ^.chiii ^fin-^kwong ^shi, ko -jti king -oi cYe-^so ke "nui- yan*, tdi ^ts'ai ^hong-^ko ^hong- liu* song hui Ja- yiin*. Jesus already dead two days, arrived No. three morning, dawn time, those reverently loved Jesus women brought complete ointments spices wishing go ilower garden. As the women walked along with their ointment they said to each other, ' How shall we get into the grave ? The men put a large stone before it ; the stone is so big, we cannot roll it away.' The women did not kno\? what to do. At last they came to the grave, but the stone was rolled away. The wo- men were quite surprised. Then they were afraid some Avicked peojDle had rolled it away, and stolen the body of Jesus. This made them very sad : they looked into the grave, and saw that Jesus was not there. Soon they saw two beautiful angels standing by them. Their faces were bright like the sun, their clothes whiter than snow. ' The women trembled when they saw the angels; but the angels spoke sweetly and kindly to them, saying. ' Do not be afraid ; we know that you are looking for Jesus. He is not here now ; he is alive. Do you not re- member how he said he would come to life again, after he had been crucified .? ' 5^ ^ P 1i f^ :5 m.M M ^ tr ^ij lij m ^M ^ m n 5.B m m w\ ^. ^ A "IE iCi' ^ ^ ai ^. MM W Pg ^ ^ M^ Pi mm mm ±.^ m n IB # n m.^ 'M- m M L6' shong" ^.Mng ^shi, Ui" chung jSong kong wd", 'Mat^ ''shui* t'ai "ngo-tei" lukj ^hoi ^shdn ^fan hau ko kau^ shekj ^ni ? jYan-wai" ko kau" shekj kom tai', "ngo-t6i" ^m lukj takj ^hol si . Kom tsau' ^m ^chi shai matj fiit^- tsz ho, k'ap, jhilng to ^shan ^fan ^shi, ^shui jChi, ko, kau' shek^, "yi-^king lukj jhoi lok^. Kok(, jau-ke jSam kin ho ch'utj-^k'ei, kwii hai" ok^ jan lukj jhoi, ^t'au ^hid jYe-^so ke ^shl lok;,. Mong- 'h^ ■lui-^t'au k'ok^- shafcj ^m km (.Ye-^so hal shii , kom , J "c, , ,5" ,3 tsau ho pai -ai . Hit^ -mo noi* fat^-yin kin -yau "long ko jav. 'k'ei shii . Hai" mat^-'ye ^yan „ni ? Hai' ^t'in-sz & . 'K'oii- ■ke min", ho "t'sz yit,- t'au* kom jkwong, ji-fukj ho-'ts'z stitg kom Ko -jti 'nul- yan* yat^ kin , ^sam tsau" 'ho jfong. jT'in-sz w£i', ' "Nei-tei" ^m shai jfong, 'ngo ^chi 'nei hai" ^lai wan <.Ye-^s6 ^.shi ke ; tin" "k'oii "yi- king fdn- shdng, ^m 'hai ^ni shii . CO c c (Nei .ying-j Nei ^ying-jkoi kei -tak^ "k'oii w^", ""Ngo pitj "k'iii kwo tsui" jan, ^tengt shapj tsz"-kd , jSilffi yatj ^fdur jShd,ng," ko "^kei kui shiitg-w^" ^d.' ^ rfg Koad on walking time all together talk saying, 'Who for us roll away hill grave's mouth that lump stone, eh? 53. Because that lump stone so large we not roll able away 2 ? ' So just not know use what means good, and walked to hill grave time, who would have know that lump stone already rolled off 32. Bach person's heart perceived very extraordinary, thought was wicked men rolled off, stolen away Jesus's corpse, 32. Look a-bit inside really not see Jesus at place, so then very sad. Stop not long suddenly see have two [(7.] men standing place. Is what thing man, eh ? 53. Is angel, 2. His face very like sun so bright, clothing very Hke snow so white. Those women one see, heart then very frightened. Angels say, 'You not need fear, we know you are come to- look for Jesus corpse, but he already returned to life, not at this place. You ought to remember he said, "I must be-handed over-to sinful men, nailed cross, three days return to-life " those several sentences words, 1.' 'Come,' said the angels, 'and look at the place where Jesus lay. Eun quickly, and tell his disciples that Jesus is alive, and that they shall see him very soon.' The women were very glad indeed they ran as quickly as they could to tell the disciples. — ' Peep of Day,' fp. 178,179. ^ ^.^ ± E ^ ^ 4 ^M m ^ if >^» ^ fg n m s.ip B# * * ^ m f^ ^ ^o LESSON, XL Compare the feelings of others by your own. If you do not like any thing )(nirself, do not give it to others. By acting in this way, your steps will tread the right road. Observe the rules do not rebel against the Lord. I would not wish anyone to steal my things. Other people have the same feelings. I \vouId not like to be struck. Other people feel the same. If I am in trouble, I wish people to help me. If T see any one else in trouble, I ought to render my help. By acting in this way, you will be able to escape calamities. Whether at home or abroad. — • The Four Character Boole.'' no 5lf S B >^M >Is ^ A, i a p§ m.M w m. k m'^m mM w ^ ± m n A tr.n '^^ pg #, ^ij - m A.^ m ^ >^ n^m wM A ^ a M.Amm^^'BWi mo ' (;Yi-^ka ■nei k'ok^j-shatj kin -"k'oii ^m hai sliii jle, "nei fai hui wd' kwo jiniin-^t'6 ^chi Kau - chii "yi-^king ^fan-jShangt lok^, "iici-tei' "mo noi* pit^ kill "k'oii ke .' jT'iu-sz kong ^yiin, ko - ti "imi- yan*, ^sam ho ^fiin- hei, tsikj-^shi tsau hui Wii' kwo ,imin-,t'6 ,chi. ' Now you really see he not at place, 24. You quickly go say to disciples to- know Saviour already return to-life, 32. You not long must see him.' Angels talked finished those women's hearts very happy, immediately ran away tell to disciples to-know. LESSON, XI. TsiJng tsz"- kei ke ^sam ^.lal pei"-k^ % f^ ;i* m f?jt ^ U n|E kill m.^ ^ min-tB, itt m m m f^ "IE M #J. Wt ^ MM M iliS ^ M ^ ie B o f'] i^M^ Pi f^ m m ^ ^ /# » ii f$ "il ^, .3v y^ m(,o f^ pg n n Ao f5t pg M- n Uo f^t pg M if mo Tai" sz kil . "Nelylii kei -nim" ^On-sik^ Yat^ shau "k'oii tso" shing yat^. Luk^ yat^ nol" yiu tso" "uei kok^ yong" ^kung- j.fu : tai" ts'atj yat^ hai" "uel ^^Shan, Te-,w6-,wii-ke ,On-sik . Ko vat. ^m ho tso" Jvung-^M, "nei kung" "i)ei-ke tsal "iini, piik^ "p'ei, ch'uk^- shang, "yii-k'apj "nei nk rioi" ke ^yan-h^k(j ^to yiu kom. ^Yan-wal" luk, vat, kiln, Ye- w(-.wu cl"'!)!-;, - ,3 tso" t'in tei" hoi, kung" ^k'ei chung-ke miln" mat^ to tai" ts'at^ ,3 c ' yat^, tsau" On-sik^ : Kwu - ts'z ^.Yc- ^w6-^wa ch'ukj-fukj ^On-sik^ Yat^ "yi ko yatj wai" shing yat^, Tai" "ng kai . "N6i yiii hdu -king "nei fu"-"m6, tang "nei ho-"yi ch'ong- kan hai "nei ^Shan, ^e-^wb- ^^Y'A, sho ts'? kwo 1 ,, , 5", ,.j" nei-ke tei . Tai" lukj kill'. "Nei jn ho shiit^ ^yan. Tai" ts'atj k^i'. "Nei ^m ho |,hiing-j,yam. Tai" pd,tQ kai . "N^i jffi ho ^t'au "ye. Tai" kau k&L . "Nei m ho mong" (or shai" kil yiin" ,3, tso") ching Jan. The Fourth Commandment.— You must remember Sabbath Day keep it to be holy day. Six days within must do your each kind work. No. seventh day is your God, Jehovah's, Sabbath. That day must not do work, you with your son, daughter, man slave, maid-slave, animals and your house within's guesi, also must so. Because six days time Jehovah crealed heaven, earth, sea with its midst's myriad things until No. seven day, then Sabbath ; therefore Jehovah blessed Sabbath Day con- sidered that day to be holy day. No. 5 Commandment. — You must reverence your parents : so- that you may long be-in your God, Jehovah, what give to you's land. No. 6 Commandment. — You must not kill man. No. 7 Commandment. — You must not commit adultery. ;^o. 8 Commandment. — You must not steal things. No. 9 Commandment. — You don't false witness against man (or swear false oath being a witness). 24 f^9 KEADINaS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. The Tenth Commandment. — 'Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house, thou shalt not covet thy neigh- bour's wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neigh- bour's.' f^> Pg W- # A M ^.Pg M LESSON, XIII. The Creed :— I believe in God the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven and earth. And in Jesus Christ his only Son our Lord, who was conceived by the Holy Grhost, Born of the Virgin Mary Suffered under Pontius Pilate, Was crucified, died, and buried, He de- scended into Hades : The third day he rose again from the dead, He ascended into heaven, and sitteth on the right hand of God the Father Almighty ; From thence he shall come to judge the quick and the dead. I believe in the Holy Ghost; The Holy Church ; The Communion of Saints; The Forgiveness of sins; The Resurrection of the body and the life everlasting. ^ in n m T.iP m^^. mm^ MM m ^: ^ MM %'>* m iM,H a M 1^ m^m m 4 ^ "IEo H # ^ M»li& "(b ^ -^ #. M m n^ 4o m Tai" shapj kai . "Nei ^m ho t'am ^yan iikj-she , ^m ho jt'am ja,n ^ts'ai, 'yii k'apj jan ke pukj "p'ei ^ugaLi Jui, kung" tan"-jfan jan "'sho "yan ke (or "yau ke -ye). No. 10 Commandment. — You must not covet man's house, must not covet man's wife, and man's male servant female servant, cow donkey, and whatever man has. LESSON, XIII. Sun ^P'in:— "Ngo sun jtsiin-^nang ^Chan ^Shan shing fii" tso" ^.shengf ^.t'ln ,tdi" ke . "Ngo sun -K'oii tuk^ tsz ^Ye-^so ^Kei- tukj ■ngo-ter ke chii, "ngo sun -k'oii ja.n Shing -^ling -kom-tung", 'M'A-l&i'-'d oh'ii--nui tsau" ^shang. "Ngo sun "k'oii, ^tong Pun-^tiu Pei- l;i- to tso" ^kwiin ^shi, shau" ^nan, pel" tengt lokj shap^-tsz'-ka (sometimes pronounced ka, but more often as kd ) shong- sz, tsong -^mai, hiil jam- fii, ^sam yatj yau" sz ^fau ^shang, ^shing ^t'ln -ts'o*t lokj ^Chan ^Shan shing fii" ^tsiin-^nang- che ke yau" pin". "Ngo sun "k'oii j.tsong-|.loi ^yau ko shii ^lai, sham-p'un ^shang sz ke . "Ngo sun Shing -^ling, "ngo sun shing ^kung-wiii', yau" kok^ shing -^t'6 soiig-hopj. "Xgo sun tsui" tak^ she , yukj jShan tak^ ^fcin-^shiing, chi -to "wing jShting. The Creed :— I believe-in Almighty True God, Holy Father, made complete heaven earth. I believe-in his only son Jesus Christ our Lord, I believe that he on account of Holy Spirit affected Mary virgin then was given-birth-to. I believe he, at the time Pontius (^tong ^shi — at the time) Pilate was official, suffer troubles, was nailed down the cross on and died, buried, went Hades. Three days from the-dead again lived, ascended heaven, sat down True God, Holy Father, Almighty's right side. I believe he ' in the future from that place come to- judge alive dead. I believe-in the Holy Ghost, I believe holy church from all believers to- gether joined, I believe sin obtain forgiveness, fleshly body get again life until eternal life. ■Ik5> LESSON, XIV. Jacob had twelve sons. * * * Joseph was only seventeen years old and Benjamin was but a small child. AU the others were grown up. The ten brothers were very bad : they had no fear of God in their hearts at all. Joseph was not like this : he really loved God. Jacob loved Joseph most of all his sons and made him a coat of many colours for him to wear. When liis ten brothers saw that their Father loved Joseph, they hated him, and always oppressed him. God loved Joseph and always took care of him. One night Joseph dreamed he was in the field with his brother binding up sheaves of corn ; and his brothers' sheaves all bowed down before his sheaf. God told Joseph what this meant. It meant that Joseph's brothere at some future time would serve Joseph. His brothers were very angry with Joseph when they heard him say so. Before very long Joseph had another dream. :k 1i.S ^ ^ i@ 15 ^ :k Bg^.-fg + it ^ + ^ MM # ^ # fg MM + it j^ ^ ^ n mM m.mM ^M m # ^ ^7^3 m "f-M m m mm. m LESSON, XIV. "Ngdrkok;, "yau shap^-yi' ko tsai. * * * Ko' chair ^shi Yokj-shat^ shapj-ts'atj sni tai" chek_., Pin'-'nga- "man tsau' "mo kei tai'ko . ^.K'ei- ^yii ko ko ^to t3hong-tai" lok^,. ■K'oii shapj ^hing-tai" shap^-^fan okjj ke : "mo ^ti king -wai ^Shan ke jSam. Yok^-shat^ tsau" ^m hai" kom : "k'oii shat^- shau oi ^Shan. "Nga-kokg clii oi "k'oii, ching kin" ^fri jSham "k'oii chok^^. Ko shap, hing-tai" kin fii'-^ts'an kom, fcsau" ho jtsang Yok^-shat^, ^shi-^^shi ^hii "k'oii. jShan tsau" ho oi Yok^-shat^, ^shi-^sbi p6-yair "k'oii. "Yau yat^ "man Yok^-shat^ mung" kin tsz"- kei hai jfc'in shii , kung'-^mai ^hing-tai' ch'uk hei ^ti ^wo pii ; ch'uk^ hei ko j^shi, ko -^ti ^hing-tai" ke , pa^ pa ^to p'ukj t6 t6i' shii pili ,Y6kj-shatj sho ch'tik^ ko yat^ pa. jNi-jti yi -sz hai" ^Shan tak^-^tang ling" Yokj-shatj ^chi. Hau"-Joi "k'oii ^hing-tai" shi"-pitj fuk^ Yokj-shatj. Jling-tai" ^t'engf kin Yokj-shafcj kom yong'*- tsz ho ^nau Y6k,-shatj. Kwo ^hiu "mo noi* "k'ciii yau" shi fat^-mung". Jacob had twelve [C] sons. » * * That period time Joseph seventeen years big only 7, Benjamin, just not much big [f '.] llemainder each [6'.] also grown-up .32. They ten brothers ten parts bad : not (even a) little reverence and fear God (kind of) heart. Joseph just not was so, he really loved God. Jacob most loved him, made him flowery jacket (for) him to wear. Those ten brothers • seeing (their) father so, then much hated Joseph, constantly bullied him. God just much loved Joseph, always protected him. There- was one night Joseph dreamt (he) saw himself in field place together with (his) brothers binding up the paddy sheaves; binding up that time those brother's (ones) sheaf sheaf even prostrated to (the) gi-ound place and did reverence (to) Joseph what binded that one sheaf. These meanings had God de- terminately caused Joseph to know. Afterwards his brothers must be-sub- ject-to Joseph. The brothers hear- ing Joseph so fashion very angry at Joseph. Passed done not long he again dreamed. m ^ ^i 28 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. In his dream he saw the sun, moon, and ^M. B n^m-\'-n eleven stars worshipping him. Joseph M ^ g B.m ^^%^ told this dream to his father and m ^ ^ ifc ^ mM # brothers. When Jacob heard these MM^vMrn mM m ^ things, he did not know exactly what mnM ^nM >^' ^ :t> they meant, but he thought about Wi m ^»ts ^lE it ^ ^ them all the time. Joseph's brothers ^ m ^0 were still more angry with him. Jacob's twelve sons were shepherds ; m^-i-r.mffMm^ they always helped their father by "lE^Bf B# ^ ^ la «• -¥» looking after sheep. The ten grown- ^-mM-\'mm:k up sons of Jacob took the sheep "IE if.^mm^^^> once to Shechem to feed ; but Joseph M M m.m ^nrnm and Benjamin did not go. m-m\^^o One day Israel, that is Jacob, called -B Wi^nm^,m^. Joseph and said to -him, 'I want ^mmmmMmm you to go now and see how your ^m^^^^^i^^myt brothers are getting on with the ^mnm^^ mM sheep at pasture, and then come mmnrnm^M^o back and give me an answer.' Joseph went at once as soon as his mmmM^^nm^m. father told him to go. Perhaps ho in H^ m *.^ ^ fg ^ was a bit afraid at first when his :s:m^m^^m^. father told him to go, because his ^^m^\^^mMn brothers were so angry with him. myt^mm nm ^ He knew that he ought to obey his ^mmn^^m^jim father ; and he knew that God could if.x ^ m m ^mu take care of him, so he went at ^ nM jtb in m *o once. X ^ Mting- kin yat^, yiitj, kung" "yau shapj-yatj nap^ ^sing p^i tsz"- Mi. Yokj-shatj yau" kong kwo fii'-^ts'an jhing-tal' ^te'ngf. "Ngii-koko ^t'engt kin (ni-jti sz", tsau" kei ^fan hiu tak yi -sz , hai ^sam sM pat^ hit^ song hei. "K'6ii-ke ^hing-tai" yiit,- fdfc^ ^.nau lok^. "Ngdi-kok^ shapj-yi" ko tsai hai' ^hon ^yong ke ; ^shi-^slii ^pong M'-^ts'an hou ^yong. "Yau yat^ p'ii* ko shapj ko chong-tdi" ke tsai Ui ko -jti ^yong hui Shi'-kim shii yong. Yokj-shatj ^t'ung Pin"-"ngA- "man tsau" ^m hui . Yatj yatj "Yi-shik^-Utj, tsik^ hai" "Ngd- kokg, kiu Yokj-shatj kom wd", '"Ngo ^yi-^kd yiii "nei hui t'ai "hil "nei-jti ^ng-tai" yong tak^ ^ti shd.ng- hau tim, tsau" ^.fan ^lai pei jShengf-hdi kwo "ngo.' Yokj-shatj ^t'engt-kin fu'-^ts'an kom ^fan-fu , tsikj-jShi tsau" hui . W&k^- che "k'otl jhing-jkung jt'engf fii"- ^ts'an kiii ko chan" ^shi ^fong-^fong- t6i* jto ^m ting", ^yan-wai" "k'oii jhing-tai" k6m ^nau '"k'oii. "K'oii ^to jChi-to ^ying-^koi yiii ^t'engt fii"- jts'an wd" ; yau" ^chi-to ^Shan "yau ^nang p6-yau" "k'oii, kwu - t'sz tsik^- hakj hui . (In his) dream (he) saw sun, moon, to- gether- with there-were eleven [C] stars worshipping him. Joseph again spoke to (his) father brothers to-hear. Jacob hearing these matters then several tenths understand able meaning, in heart place without ceasing think. His brothers still more angry, 32. Jacob's twelve sons were shepherds, always helped (their) father to-watch - sheep. There was once the ten [C] grown-up sons led the sheep away-to Shechem place to feed (them). Joseph with Benjamin then not go. One day Israel, that is Jacob, called Joseph so said, 'I now want you to-go see a bit your brothers rearing the hve stock (Jit. live mouths) how, then back come give answer to me.' Joseph hearing (his) father so direct, immediately then went. Perhaps he at first hearing (his) father telling at that time frightened a bit, also not certain (i.e. he was very likely a bit frightened), because his brothers so angry-at him. He also knew by- rights ought to-obey (his) father's words ; Further (he) knew God had power to-protect him, therefore (he) immediately went. m Joseph started from Hebron and when he got to Shechem he could not find his brothers. A man then told him, ' Your brothers have gone to Dothan ; you will find them there.' When some of Joseph's brothers saw him coming, they said, ' The dreamer is coming. Let us kill him, and throw his body into a pit; when we go home we can say to his father that a wild beast has eaten him up; and then we shall see whether his dreams will come to pass or not.' But Reuben said, 'Do not kill him, but throw him into this pit.' Eeuben was not so wicked as his brothers. He wanted to put him into the pit, then wait till all his brothers had gone away, when he would take him out again and give him back to his father. When Joseph got to his brothers, they seized him, took off his coat of many colours and threw him into a pit. It was a good thing there was no water in the pit; it was dry. ^ ^j 1® jt.pg m # #] it mM (1 ^ 1® A ^ no M ^ iJi ^M * ^ M ^ B m ^ ^ uM. % i^ ffF fs a P fiO ^ ^ m 9M M ^% MiM m pg N 1i nfl^ iL ^ Pt H 'VS\ ^ «£ ^1 nM n^^ mM n m *jl ^m ^ YSkj-statj ^lei-^hoi Jlei-pillio-jlun bul to Slii"'kim ko shii , ^ra wan tak^ to ^hmg-tai". Ko chan" -yan ko ^yan -wit -k'Su ^t'engf, '"Nei jhing- tai" hui ^hiu ^To-|.tidn shii , hal ko shii wan tak^ chokg "k'oii.' "Tau kel ko hing-tai" t'ai kin Yok^- shat Ja£- kan, tsau" kom wi", ' Ko fatg-mung'-ke Jai- kan lok^; sh-dt^ "k'oii jMj jWing "k'oii ^shi lok, hdng shu ; tang hui ^kwai chi wd,' kwo fu--|.ts'an jt'engt,-wd", "yau yat^ chekg okg shau shik^ ^hiu "k'oii; hau"-jloi t'ai 'ha "k'oii fat^ mung" jti sz' "yau ymg -yim mo. jLau-pin" wd,", ' ^M ho sh% "k'oii, jWing "k'oii lok^ ^jii-ko ^htog shii .' ^Lau-pin" ^m ^t'ung ko -^ti ^hing-tai" kom hakj ^sam. "K'oii song ^chai "k'oii lokj jhiiug shii, tang kok^ hing-tai" ^ing ^hoi ko chan" ^shi, tsau" lo "k'oii ^fan ch'ut^ ^lai, ^k^u- jWM fu"-jts'an. Yokj-shatj ^lai to ko ^sM, "k'oii ^ti ^hing-tai' chuk^ (or chuk^) to "k'oii, jCh'ii "k'oii kin" ^fil ^sh^m, ^wing h.'m loko jhiing shii'. 'H6 'ts'oi ko' fh^ng "mo 'shui hai shii , hai" ,k6n ke . Joseph separated-from Hebron went to Shechem that place, not find able arrive (i.e. the finding did not arrive at the conclusion wished for) brothers. That period have [C] man say to-him to-hear, 'Your brothers gone have Dotban place; at that place find able right them.' There-were several brothers seeing Joseph coming, then so said, 'The dreamer is-comihg, 32 ; kill him ; 21, throw his corpse down pit place ; wait-till go home until say to father to-hear, say, there-was one [C] fierce animal eat have him ; afterwards see a-bit bis dreaming matters have fulfilment (or) not.' Eeaben said, 'Do-not kill him, throw him down-into this pit place.' Eeuben not with those brothers so black heart. He wished to-place him down-into the-pit place, (and) wait-till each brother had-walked off that period-of time, then take him back out come, band back-again-to (his) father. Joseph come arrived that time, his those brothers caught him, took- off bis [C] flowered coat, threw him down-into pit place. Very for- tunate that pit no water at place, was dry. ■M- When his brothers had thrown' him into the pit, they sat down and had their lunch. It was great pity they did this ; it was because they hated their little brother Joseph that they did so. * * * . While Joseph's brothers were eating, they looked up and saw a great many people coming. These people were the descendants of Ismael the son of Hagar. They came from Gilead, riding on camels, and brought many spices with them to take down into Egypt to sell. When Judah saw these people coming, he said to his brothers, 'Let us sell Joseph to these men.' His brothers were pleased and took Joseph out of the pit at once, and sold him for twenty pieces of gold, which would now be worth about ten or eleven dollars. The Ishmaelites took Joseph to Egypt and sold him to Potiphar. Eeuben was not there when his brothers sold Joseph. When he came back he wanted to find Joseph ; he was unable to find him; he was very sad, and tore his clothes. ^'# #J iib Jt ^ #»^ »|^ tg m ft pjS rtS5 *.il # m M^M. ^^ A^ m ^M n^ A # M ^ m ^M K ^ %\\ "IE f? m m "lE.^ ^ K? ^ # ^mM'Mnm am ]^ in B^ Pi Jtjl ^ :^ 10 ^.m ^ ^ + # i@ i^mMmAWt^mm READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 33 jWing "k'oii lok, ^h^ng ko ^shi, ko -^ti jhing-tai" "ts'6*t to tei" sM shik, An . Ho-sikj -k'oii-tei' tso" ^ni- ^ti sz" ; |.yan-wiii' ^tsang ko sai - 16 Yokj-shatj chSy YolCj-shatj jhing-tai" shik^ kau an ko ^shi, ^tilm jko ^t'au, kin ho ^to ^yan ^lai kan shii ., ^Ni-^ti ^yan hai" ^Hi- kiip^ ko tsai "Yi-shatj-"mii-lei" ke tsai ^sun. Hai ^K6i-lifcj sM , ^.k'di lokQ-j.t'0 ^lai to ke , tai ting" ho jto jhong lid", song ^ning hni ^Oi- k'apj shii miii". ^Yau-t/Bia now his children were deceiving :^ H.rtj mi^x^Mwa him. * * * . IBo * " ^ Jacob thought that his son was really m^m^i^mffmiB dead and he was very sad; he wept M m.n 1® !(!^ my^m aloud, tore his clothes, and would m ^.it m ^^M m g not be comforted. — 'Bible History for B#.XPg^A^il. the Least and Lowest.'' LESSO N, XV. King Darius was a proud man, and he :kmu^^umm^u worshipped idols. A.%^ni^^^o m ^: Kapj-^ti htEL tei ^bing-tai" wii", 'Euo sai -^aa- tsw ^m Iiai shii lok^. 'NgG ja ^chi tun sian .' Ko -^ti jbiog-tar tsung ^Hi ts'oi "k'Sii ; tsik^- - jShi ctiiH^ jt'ong yatj chek„ JoJig- tsal, ^tsong YiaSj-sbatj ko -km ^fd, jShito tsam lok^^ cy®D,g hiifc^j shu , jiaing hai ^kwai pei fcwo fii'-^ts'an t'ai, wir, ' jNi kin" shim hai" "ngo- tei" wan- to ke . Hai" Yfik^-shat^ ke ^shibm ^.m hai" ? ' "NgiJrkokQ yat^^ kin tsau" ying"-takj ko kin" ^^ham wd,", ' "Mo ts'o ; hai" "k'oii-ke lok^. Pit^- ting^ pei~ yat^ diek^ ye shan shik, sz "'fe'oft. "Ngftko tsaii Yok^-shat pit^-tiag — m© ^hid It^.' Piio-^toi "Ngai-kokQ "yi-^fcing ngak^ . tez"- kei- M'-jts'an, ^jj-jka tsai yau" ngakj ^fan "k'oii. • » » . "Nga-koko ko ^shi kwu ka tsai 3 c " c y ^cban-chiBg sz la. "R'au ko ^am tsau" h» pai"-ai lok^; bat jShengf ham , mdkj Mn" tsz"- kei ^shdm, yau" ^m shau" ^yan ^on-wai . Quickly went answered brothers, saying, 'The child not at place, S2. I not know how to-consider (what is best to be done).' Those brothers entirely not pay-attention-to him; just at-that- time even slaughtered a [(7.] kid, tak- ing Joseph that [C] flowered coat, im- mersed down-into kid's blood place, took (it) away home to-give to (their) father to-see, saying, ' This [C] coat was (what) we found. Is (it) Joseph's coat (or) not is ? ' Jacob (at) one sight (of it) then recognised able that [C] coat, saying, ' No mistake ; (it) is his, S2. Certainly by one [<7.] wild animal eaten to-death him. My that son Joseph certainly is not, 32.' Originally Jacob already deceived his- own father, now (his) son also cheat back him. » » « . Jacob that time thought that son really was-dead, 21. His that heart then very sad, 32 ; great sound cry, tore-to pieces his-own clothing, also not receive (from) man comfort. LESSOK, XV. Tai"-lei"-^wd ^wong hai" ho ^kfii-ngo" ke ^yan, yau" hai" pAi "ngau-tsong^ ke . Darius King was very proud man, also did pray-to images. 36 READINtiS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Yet he liked Daniel very much ; and he set him over all the other judges and lords, and told all the people to mind him. Daniel was a very wise old man, and he was fit to be a judge. There were a great many rich men, who hated Daniel, because the King told them to mind Daniel, and because the King liked him better than them. These men were envious of Daniel. * * • . These wiched rich men wished to hurt Daniel, and to get him into disgrace with King Darius ; but they did not know how to get him into disgrace ; they never saw Daniel do anything wrong. I suppose they were afraid of telling the King lies of Daniel, lest they should he found out. But at last they thought of a way to get Daniel into disgrace. They knew that he piayed very often to his God. So, they went to the King and asked him to make a law, that no one should pray to any God or man, but to the King himself, for thirty days. %mB^um±AMm !:li - -fi '^ ^.Pt ^ A ^ n II "ito ^.B^ i»i>|- ^ A ^ + Pt mM M "IE )ii* is pg ^. Tdn- -k'oii 'ho ^fun-'hei ko' Tin'-'yl- "161; Mpj "k'oii tso" kwok^ ^chung chi tai" ke ^kwiin, ^fan-fu chiing ^yan yiii jt'engi "k'oii kAn -fan . Tiin'-"yi- "16i ko chan" ^shl hai" "16- UI*, yau" ho jto chi -wai". "Yau h6 ^to ko -^ti jts'oi- chii jan tsau" ho ^tsang Tto'- "yi-"161, ,yan-w'ai" ko ^wong klii "k'oii-tei" jt'engt TAn"-"yi-"lei ^fan- fii , yau" ^yan-wai" ko ^wong ^fiin- hei Tan"-"yi-"lei ^to kwo "k'oii-tel". Kom "k'oii tsau" ^shiing ko -^ti to - kei" ke ^sam. » * « jNi-jti okg ke ^ts'oi- chii ^yan song ^nSln-wal" T4n"-"yi-"lel, yau" song ling" Tiii"-lei"-jWU ^wong ^m ^fun- hei "k'oii; tan"-hai" "k'oii ^ra ^chi wan mat -"ye fit^^- tsz ching tao" tak^; jan "k'oii ^m ^ch'il tak^ ch'ut^ Tin"- "yi-"lei "yau mat "ye tso" ts'o ke . "K'oii-tei" ^shau-Qmei song ch'ut^ yatj ko fitg- tsz, "wai ling" T£ti"- 16i"-jWU jWong ^m ^fiin- hei Tin"-"yi- "iei lokjj. "K'oii-tel" ^chi to Tan"- "yi-"lei yat^ yat^ ^chi ^.kiin ho ^to chong yiu pdi ^Shan ke . "K'oii-tei" tsau" Jai ^k'au ko ^wong ch'atj ming"-ling", ^fan-fii chung ^yan ^.s^m-shapj yat^ kom noi", y6ng"-y6ng" ke ^^Shan ^to ^m chun "k'oii-tei" pii , tsing" hai" p^i ko jWong chCj. da) . But he (was) very pleased-with that Daniel; appointed him to be country's midst greatest officials, directed all men must obey his instructions. Danielat-that [C] time was old, had very much wisdom. There-were very many-of those wealthy men just much hated Daniel, because the King told them to-obey Daniel, (giving) directions further because the King was-pleased-with Daniel more than with-them. So they then grew those envious hearts. * « • _ These wicked wealthy men wished to- oppress Daniel, also they-wished to- cause Darius King not to-be-pleased- ■ with him ; but they (did) not know to-find what means properly to-do to-be-able ; because they not find able out Daniel had what thing doing wrong. They finally thought out one [C] means, (which) could cause DariuB King not to-be-pleased-with Daniel, 32. They knew Daniel one day's course very many times would pray-to God. They then came (and) begged the King to-issue a-decree, directing all men thirty days so long within every kind of God also not to-allow them to-pray-to. Only to-pray-to the King only. '43 38 m EEADINOS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. And that if any one did pray to any one else, he should be cast into a den of lions. Now the King did not know why these men asked him to make this law : if the King had known that Daniel always prayed to his God, 1 do not think he would have made this law, for the King loved Daniel. The King was so foolish as to say that he would do as these men wished, because, you know, the King was a heathen, and he did not love the true God. * » * . Daniel heard of the law that the King had made. Do you think that he went on praying ? Daniel would have thought it veiy dreadful not to pray to God for thirty days. He wanted to praise God very often, and ask Him to bless him. He used always to pray before the open window in his room. Perhaps you wonder why he did so. The reason was, he liked to look towards the place where he knew Jerusalem was. He could not see Jerusalem from his window, because it was so very far off; but still he knew which way it was, and he knew that God loved Jerusalem. * * » _ ^^n mA ipg B4tg f*^ Wtv^ IS ^ "!£, 10 pf-ft ^m Pt [ii im Pit ^ ^> ^ 3E Pg 1ft # 1i 3 ^ H= * ■m i>il ^ li fel 1® I tH "IE ^ ^o it pg- ^ it>Pi m ^ "11 .1 m^ B/So "lEo fg H# H# ^ 1^ Pi g B M. inw^^m.mmn "Ie» n m fj^ n fg » ^ HI i^ nj }^ m mM m m^n^mi^mm m n.n pg li ^mm mm-i^mMMmn mM n ^nnn m '& ^M X ^B m m is mmnmo * * * ^ \y akj yan pdi tar-yr wai*, tsau" yiu ^wing -k'oii yap^ ko -^ti ^sz-taa shii . Ko jWODg ^m ^chi \yai"-niatj t^''c'' jVan kia "k'ofl ch'utj kom-ke ming'- ling" "Ngo kwii wakj 'k'ou ^chi-to TiMm^=^, -IS 3E ^ ^ nM M ^ n^mwnn ^um ^i^mmBA ^u ffl m ^.m i&m^mm ^n'^^mm^m il*o ^ 15 pg # ^ i^» * * * t^ X Pg :g? #,iil X Pg Hi 10 « W ^M A m m ^.f^ Bi HI ^;f m * M #: 1*.^ hI Pg # 1® m.0 IS ^ itT ^ 'C^ It ^ ^ tgffo ^ Ko ^wong tsair pei tsz'- kei-ke yan jfung-chii" ko kair shek^f) yau" pel ko -j.ti ok^ ^yan-ke yan ^fnng-chu" ^t'im. Ko ^wciig pei tsz"- kei ke yan ^.fung- clui", tang wiik^- chc j)uii ye" "yau ^yan Jai song ki Tan"-"yi-"lci ^ftln ch'nfc lull , ko jWong tsan" ^.clii-to ; yan-war "mo tai yr ko yan ^t'ung "k'oiv ke . "K'oii yan" pei ko ^ti ok^ j-au-ke yan ^fnng-chii", tang "k'oii- ter ^chi-to ko ^.wong "mo pun ye Jai lo Ti'ai"-"yi-"lei hni . Ko j.wong tsair ^fan hni uk^- k'ei, tilu" ^.sliengt }c" ,to ^m tak^ ^on-lok^ shikj yau" jn shik^ tak^, * * » fan van" ^m fan tnky Tai" yi" ^cliiii "k'oii ^t'in ^kvvong tsau" \vi ^slian, ek'nt^ ko ^sz tau shii , tsau" tai" ^sliengf kiii T;in"-"yi-"lei, kom \va", ' J iiir-"yi-"lei a . "Nei j.slii-jSlii sliot fuk^-sz" ko wai* ^.Shan "yau ^nang jn pei ko -^.ti sz sliong t('i "nei hai" ^.m hai" "K'oii tsan" h" Jan ^sam ^t'cngf "ha "yau jShcngt tap^^ "k'oii "mo. 9^ The King then gave his-own seal (and) sealed that piece of -stone, further (he) gave those wicked men's seal to-seal (it) as-well. The King pnt his-own seal sealed, so- that if in-the-middle of-the-night there-were people came wishing t6-- take Daniel back out away the King then would-know ; because no other [f.] seal the-same (as) his. He further pnt the wicked men's seal to-seal, so that they would-know (if) the King had-not in-the-middle of- the-night come (and) taken Daniel away. The King then back went home, but tlie-whole night also (he was) not able (to-be-at) peace. (As to) eating (he was) also not to eat able ; * * * (as to) sleeping (he) also (was) not to sleep able. The next morning he at-dawn then got up, (and) out to-the lions' den place. Then (with a) loud noise called Daniel so saying 'Daniel, 2, You constantly (that God) that (you) serve that [C] God has (had) power not allow those lions wound you, is (it so) (or) not is (it so) eh ? 53.' He then very carefully listened a-bit (whether there) were (any) sound answering him (or) not. 46 ff^ HEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Daniel said, ' King-, live for ever. My Grod hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me : because I had done nothing wrong.' Then the King was very glad indeed, and he desired that Daniel should be taken n|i, and he was not the least hurt. A¥hy did Uod take such care of Daniel ? Because Daniel loved Him, and feared Him, and God wanted to show the King that he was able to save Daniel, and that He was the true God. The King v/as xcxj angry with those who had asked him to put Daniel in the den, and he commanded them to be thrown down into the den, with their wives and their children. It was very cruel of the King to have the wives and children put into the den, but the wicked men deserved to be put there. n i?^,3E m.^ 'U m tr i mM ^ fg - m 15 ^t H^ ^ ^ j^ M.PL n -fi li -fe a "It Wo is mm mM i B^ pi* A in ^j «£ ft tg m.^ ii tg m p|E ^ ^M M ^ m i:M *T m >^' "IE. ^ P§ 1 tg Pi * 5f . HEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 47 -K'oii tsikj-hak^ ^.t'ongt-kiu lW--yi- He immediately heard Daniel. He "lei Up^ "k'oii wa", ' ^Wong il , "ngo- said, 'King 2, my God has-sent his ke j.Shaii tiL-fat^ "k'6ii-ke ^t'ln-sz heavenly messengers (and) shut the ^shiia-chii' ko -^.ti ^sz-ke hau, tiJng hons' mouths, so-that they not hurt "k'oii ^m ^shiiiig tak^ to "ngo : jan able to-reacli me : because I li:i\ e not "ngo liar "mo tso" ts'o sz". done wrong matters.' Ko ^wong ko ^shi tsair ho ^fdn- hei, The King at-that time then (was) kill ^yaii tsik^-liakj kung" Tan"-"yi- very pleased, (and) called men im- 'lei |.fan "slioug ^lai, t'ai-kin "k'oii mediately with Daniel back up come, yat^ ^\ Jiu "mi) ^slaiJng to . (and) saw he one mite also not hurt arrived. ^Shan ''kom yciiii;'^ po ^tsiiu Tan"-"yi- God so fashion preserved intact Daniel, ~ U ■ , „, , > C , C, ,,", ,3 ,3 C, ..... "lei, j&xi ian"-"yi-"lei har oi "k'ou; because Daniel did love him ; farther yair jari "k'oii song pei ko j.wong because he wished to-give the King ^chi-to "k'oii "yau ^nang kan Tan"- to-know lie had power to-save Daniel ; "yi-"]ei ; yair "k'ou liar ko wai* further (that) he was the [C] true ^clian-ke ^Sliaii. God. Ko ^wong ko ^.slii tsan" ho ^.116 ko - The King that time then (was) \'cry jti ok^ ^.yaii, tsikj-liai" ko -^.ti kiii angry-at-those wicked men, that-is "k'oii ch'utj kii ming'-iing" 'kom those (who) told him to-issue the j.lai ^nan-war iair-"yi-"lei ke . Ko decree so that (they might) oppress ^wong ^fan-fii j-an tsik^-hak^ chuk^- Daniel. The King directed j^eople chii" "k'iiu-tcr, kung"-^mai "k'oii-tei" immediately to catch them with their ke ^.ts'ai ts/, \n< -ko ^to ^wing lok^ \YLvcs (and) children every one also jSZ-tau shii . Ko ^wong kom y«ng* to-throw down-into the-lions' den jWing-^m:ii "k'oii-tei"-kc ^ts'ai tsz place. Tlie King so fashion threw' lokj hui hai" ''ho hak^ ^.sam ke , along-with (them) their wives (and) jan-wai" ^m Jvwan "k'iiii-tei" sz' a ; children down away. It was (the tsau" j.wiTig. ^ni-jti ^yan lok, hni deed of a) very dark heart, because (it che J. did) not concern their doings {i.e. they had nothing to do with it), 2 : just threw these men down away only, 7. 3s; ¥? <^ 48 EEADINOS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. The lions cat them up in a moment, and broke all their bones before they came to the bottom of the den. So yon see that the lions were very hungry — though they did not eat Daniel. Then King Darius wrote a letter, aud sent it to all countries, and said that ho had made a law that every one should fear the God of Daniel, because He was the true God, who could do wonders, and who had saved Daniel from the lions. — 'Line U'piin Linn ' pp. S14-322. mo M # A ^.^ tu - 1S ^ ^M pi^i- # A M :t %^^ mj^ # m m mm\no LE8S0X, XV r. When the proper time arrived, Jesus came down to earth, and was born as a little baby in a village in Jndien. That village was called Bethlehem. When he became a man, he went all about doing very many extraordinary things, thus revealing his power. 1^ ^ iH: n.n ai ii: il ^ # w4 1^ W ^ij tlo ^ ^ m A mM * ii @ ¥§ St ^ M READINGS IX CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 49 "K'oti ^ti ^sz tsikj-hakj "ngau sz s^i They those lions immediately bit to- -k'ou-tel- lok„. "^Kom tsau" Vai tak^ death all-of them, 32. So then (it is) ch'utj ^ai-^yiii ko -^ti ^sz "mo "ngSu see able out although those lions (did) Tiiir-^i--lei, ko ^shi "k'Sii ^to "^ho not bite Daniel that time they also "t'o-ngo" ke . . (were) very hungiy. Tai"-lei"-j\ni ^woug tsair so yat^ ^fung Darii's King then wrote a [f.] letter, sun , kei hui "k'oii sho "yaa ke (and) sent (it) away (to) his what- kwokg, wa" kwo kok^ ^yan ^chi ; yair ever he-had countries saying to every ch'utj yat^ ko miug"-ling", ^an-fu one to-know ; further he-issued a [C] kok^j j.yan yiu, ^tsiin-king Tita"-"yi- decree directing every one (that they) "lei sho pii ku wai* ,.Shau. ^yan must venerate Daniel what lie-prayed- "k'oii hai" ko ^chaii ke ^.Shan. "K'oii to that [C] God because he was that "yau kom t;ir ^.nang-koa . yan" kan - true God. He had so gi-eat ix>wer, takj Tan"-"yi-"lei. jn pei ^ti ^.sz further save able Daniel not permit ^suong-to "k'ou. the lions injure him. LESSO: S. XVI. To h6pj j^slii-hau" ko chan" ^shi, AiTived proper time that [6'.] time, ^Ye-^6 tsan" "^ho "ts-z yat^ ko . ^6- Jesus then very like one [<'.] tsal kom kong ^sh;in>r shai -^&n. liaby sii descend-into life (in the) "K'oii ch'utj shai hai" "^hai ^Tau- ■ world's midst. His coming-out-into- t'ai ^Shang yat^ ^t'iu ^ts'iiii. ko ^t'iii the world was iu Judaea Province j ^ts'iin kill tso" Pak.-ler-^hang. ""- U'l tillage, that [C] village called to-be Bethlehem. Hau--jloi ■k'oii tai'-j^hiu, tsau" ^hiii Afterwards he grown-up, then went all- ^chau-jWai tsj" *^h6 ^.to ch'atj-j.k'ei round (every where) did very many i ke' sz^, 'hin ch'nfc^ "k'oii-ke ^k'iin- wonderful things, to-revtal (display 1 jDang. "/- make clear) out his power. ■4 ^r 50 KEADINUS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. He once met a man who had been horn blind. Jesus pitied him and cured him, so tliat he was able to see at once. He also made the lame, whom he met and who had been ill for many years, quite well again. Jesus did not heal the sick, as the doctors do, by giving them medicine to cure them : he just said a few words, telling them to be well immediately, and they were well at once. The sick that came t(i Jesus are to be counted by the thousands, and not by the hundreds. It did not matter what the sickness was, .Jesus made them well. Besides this Jesus did a great many wonderful things : he caused tlie dead to rise again. There was once a girl who was dead. Her father and mother were \cry sad, and very distressed about it; but, when Jesus came, he immediately told her to come to life agaiu. Again there was a poor widow woman whose only son had died, and when they were caiTying him away to bury him, Jesus met them on the street. 51K ^ IB ip Bf 0j^ # ^„ B m 'UM in flf ^ fg B$ ^ mM mAMi^ mm mm m^m m ^ ^ "^ * m.m ii ^ 10 mn^mAM^o ^b m "^ ^M p|E 3c # ^ m mM m mM m m mM m B^i^nm imz ^.w mmm mMMo Si READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 51 "K'oti -yau Ysit^ ^wui, yii'-cliokj yat^ ko ^yaQ, ch'iit^ shai tsau" ^mang-^hiii "ngan ke . ^^-^s6 ho-^lin "k'oii, tsau" ji- hit "k'oii, ling- -k'iiii tsik^- jSln t'ai tak^ kin . Yau" yir-diokj ^ti ^pai kok^ ke , "yiiu ^niii wiln"-peiig-t ke , ^.to tsik^-^shi ling- -k'oii-tei- ho Jan. ,Ye- .5('i ,vi iio ,yan, m hai" ^t'uiit;- jti ^yi-^sliano; pei y6k^-(.ts'oi ^lai ji ke : hai" ch'iit^ yat koii sliiit^- wd', kill tsik -^shi ho ^.faii. ko -^ti ^yan, t>iiir ho fan ke Iok_. Kong ^ts'in ^.m kong pak^,, kom ^.to peng-t jVan ^lai to ^.ye-j.96 shii . ^M hur niatj -ye peng-f, ^Yc-^so ^to ji Jiin ho 'k'oii. Ye- so yair tscr-kwo ho ^to chi eh'nt -^k'ei ke sz- ^t'im : tsik^-hai- lins;- ko -,ti sz- hiu-ke ^van ian ^liang. "Yau yatvj ^wui, "yau ko iiui tsai -yi-^king sz-^hiii-ke lok^^. "K'oii- ke fir-"nio lio pax -ai , lio ^ts'ai- lonff: ,Ye-s6 lai to tsair tsik,- ^shi kill "k'oii ^fan ^shang. Yau' "yau ko ^p'an-^k'uug-ke ''kwa- "mo- p'o*, sz-^hiii yat^ ko ^kvvii-tuk, 'tsai, ^t'oi hni tsoDg ^chi ^shi, ^Yc- jSO 'hai ^kai yii--ch6k, "k'oii. m He did one time meet one [6'.] man I born blind of-his-eyes Jesus pitied , him, then healed-well him, caused , him, immediately look able to-seL-. i ' Also met some lame fteted ones, far- J away years got ill, also immediately caused them (to get) nell again. Jesus cured people not is same those doctors give medicine in-order-to heal : was issued one sentence f of ) t I words, told immediately well again, i those people then well again, o2. Talk (of) thousands not talk (of) ■ ■ i hundreds, so many sick people came to Jesus's place. Xot matter what I I thing sickness, Jesus also heal back | well him. Jesus also did very many most wonder- I fill things besides : just is cause those dead men back live. Have one time have one female cliild already dead, 32. Her parents \ery sad, \ery distressed : Jesus came to (there), then immediately called him back to-live. Also have a poor widow dead one ^f '.] only son, earned (by two or more) away to-be-buried time, Jesus in street met him. Vr. 52 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. He went up to the side of the corpse mm^^^n^^^mm and told the dead man to rise, and mi^mB^mm^\^. the only son at once came to life ^B^MM-^mM^m again. When the widow woman saw a^m^M-^-^m^ her son come to life again, she was 1^0 very happy. There was another dead man whose ^^-m^tA.^^^ name was Laza.nis. He had been It i^.E mmmmu buried for fom- days ; but Jesus Pt it 'U ^M m^m went to the grave and called him m^o^nm ^.ts m back to life again ; and he came out ^w:mmMm\^m. of the tomb at once. * * * . * * * There was still one thing that he did nm^-mmmn^m. besides. That was the best ; so I MM'^mn^umM must tell you about it ; it is healing itfc^^^jii^it^. very serious illness. mum^AmMm # "IS j%^ ^ l^o What illness is that ? It is a disease mm^^^mm mM '^^ of the heart : it is sin. That illness "It mM # p .^ mM you, I, and every one liave ; but if mmM^AA^^ we can have him say, 'Your sins "It.'fi^ ^ # Tg miM "IE are forgiven' — if every could hear mm^mM^mm. tliose words, they would certainly ^Akmn^M^ ^^ be glad and would have no more m '^\^ m m "^ ^o sickness. If anyone comes and asks him now to ■^^mm^Am^n heal him, he will not say he is un- m.n tr fg pg # 1 "IE* willing to do so ; and when he heals rAi H fSl A,P§^ A people, he does not take their money, mmm mm wtnm so the poor and the rich can come to m,m + '^M mnn hini. — ' The Sweet Story of the Cross.'' j^PlEPg-o p^ §i W READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 53 Tsair ^mai-hui kid "k'oii hei ^shan. Then near-up-to-went called him to- Ko Jcwu-tukj tsai tsikj-^shi tsau" get up. The only sOn immediately jfiln ^shttng lokj,. ~ ^Tong ^shi ko then again lived, 82. When the kwii-"m6- p'o* kin ko tsai ^Un widow saw the son again lived, then ^.shiing-, tsair shap^ ^fan ^fun- hc^i ten parts happy, 32. ' lok,. Yair -yau yat^ ko sz jaii, '^meng*t Also have 'one [r.] dead man, name kill ^La-satQ-16". "Yi-^kiiig tsong called Lazarus. Already buried four Jiiii sz vat J kom uoi" ke lok^; days so long, 32. Jesus went grave ^Ye-jSo hui ~ ^fan-mo' shii , kiii "k'oii place, called him back-to life; he jftln jShilng ; "k'oii tsik^-^shi tsau" hai immediately then from grave again ^fau-mo- /iiu ch'Litj ^lai. * « * . out came. * * * . "K'oii cluing" "yau yat^ yong" sz" tso" He besides have one sort-of thing did cli'utj j.t'im. Ko yong" hai" chi - ho out as well. That kind is best ke SZ" ; kwii - t'sz "iigo yiu kong matter; therefore I want to-speak kwo" "nei-tci" ^.chi ; tsik^ hai" ji ho to you to-kiiow ; just is healed ^yan-tei' ho Jcwi'iu-hai" ke peng'f- well people's very serious sickness ching lokjj. diseases, 82. Ko'-j.ti hai" mat^ "ye peng"t Jii ? Hai" Those are what thing illness, eh 'i 58. ^sam-ke' peng"! - tsik^ hai" tsui" ok^ Is heart's sickness : just is sins. Jai. Ko^-^ti peng-f, "nei, "ngo, jan- wickednesses. Those illnesses you. jan jto -yau ke . 'T'ong-yok, tak^ I, every man also have. If get C, ,3 C,-r.. 1 5 , .5 T 5"C - "k'ou Wii", '"Aei-ko tsm" she -"mm him to-say, 'Your sins forgiven,' ^hiu,' ko koii shiit^-wa , ling- jan- that sentence words cause every one jan jt'engt kin , ^to shi"-pitj ^.hoi to -hear, also must open heart, got ^sam, "mo ^.hiii pengf" ke lok^,. none illness, 32. Wakj-'^che ji-^kii "yau jan Jai Jc'au Perhaps now have man come beg him "k'oii ji, "k'oii "mo wi'r ^m hang to-heal, he not say not willing to- ji ke' ; ji-'^ch'e "k'oii ji jan, ^m hcal ; moreover he heal man, not oi ^.yan-tei" ^ts'in- ngan'" jt'im, kom want men's money too, so just poor. tsau" ^p'an-jk'ung ke , ^ts'oi- chii ke , rich, also come can his place, 32. ^to jlai-takj "k'oii shii ke lok^^. PM ¥§ W: W4 54 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. LESSON, XVII. How delightful is the description the mm^^m^'^m-\' Bible gives of heaven. We are told ^ mt\ m m.ii m m. that sickness, sorrow, and death ^ m m.^ t m.m m never enter there ; that cares, fears, ^b.pg m m E»pg m m and anxieties are never felt there; ^.^\^Aini^y\^n. that poverty, privation, unkindness. mm^^<^'mm.B ^ and disappointment are never, known r^ m^m ^ r^ ^»k ^ there. The body that will rise from ^^mMmmm^ the grave will be ' incorruptible,' and "^M m>^'^mm'B will never experience pain, weariness. A^i^mmmm ^ - or decay. Old age will never en- mm^^mm^^m. feeble, for there will be perpetual B^mnmn^,- m youth ; and death will never snatch m^^ a^fl^»- away those we love, for death itself mm^^mm AM will be destroyed. What is still ^mmm-mmm better, there will be no more sin. W f ^o but all hearts will be full of holy love to God, and to one another. Every one will rejoice in the society and happiness of every one else, and God himself will dwell among them. All the good men of former ages will be there — the martyrs, and apostles, and prophets. There, too, we shall meet with angels and arch-angels; and more then all, we shall behold Jesus in his glorified human body — we shall see his face, and ever be with the Lord. PM ^« READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 55 LESSON, xvir. Slilng'-j.shu "^sho "^kong "^hai ^t'in-jt'ong Holy book (according-to) what (it) shii , shapj-jfaii 'ho : "mo peiig-f- says, (there is) at heaven's place ten t'ung- ; -mo i5ai -al ; "mo jkau-^min ; parts good, no illness, no sorrow, "mo jp'an-^k'iing ; ^m Sviii "^sz, ^m no trouble, no poverty, not able shai kwil -lui" ; ^.m ^slial ^king-|,foiig ; to die, not need anxioLis-caring-for ^m p'd Jim toi" "iiei ^.m ho, sz'-sz" (matters), not need to-be-frightened. jts'nng jSam "^sho yuk^ ; yat^ "^kau no fear peopleact-towards you not patj pin ; ^ch'ong ^shang pat^ "lo ; well. Thing thing (i.e. every thing) JC'ei jChuiig c'hi "^ho kc', hal" tsui"- according-to. heart what like. Days ok(j I'iitjj lafcj Siii , ho yit^ ^sani oi long not change, long life not old. jChau jShaii oi ^yan, tai--jka ^eh'ong- Their midst most good is sin evil jCh'ong ^fiiii- hei. Yat^ tsak^ : ^fi'm- take off altogether, very hot heart hei kin ^Ye-^so ke min', ^shi-^slii love true God, love man. All long jt'ung ^niiii "k'oii chii . Yi" tsak^ : long happy. First place : happy see ^fun- hei tsz"- kt'i "mo tsni"-okQ. Jesus's face, always together with him jSiim tsakj : ^fiin- hcii kwu shi" shin" live. Secondly : happy self not have ^yan, chung ^.t'tn-sz hai shii : yat^ sin, evil. Thirdly : hajDpy (because) i ^ts'ai tsan -'mc'i ^chan ^Shan. ancient times good men, all angels at place : one altogether praise true God. I 1 1 56 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL, To show how glorious lieaven is, it is compiired to a city with streets of gold, gates of pearl, and walls of jasper and emerald ; to a paradise with a river clear as crystal, and the tree of life \\ith healing leaves ; to a place of rest after lahour ; to a father's house, a happy home. 'They shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away. Everlasting joy shall be upon their heads. In his presence is "ful- ness (if joy, and :it his right hand are pleasures foi- e\"criTiore.' The best joys of '■artli are soon gone. Eiches fly, health de(".iys, friends depart, death is written on all things. But tlie joys of heaven are for ever, and for ever, and for ever. Reader, this heaven may be thine. Jesus keeps the door, but he has opened it wide for all sinners to enter. If you will not come to Jesus, you canuot enter heaven ; for he is the door, the only door. 5^ ^ mM PI i^ # # ^ m "IE m.x w4 ft ^ ^ "H m -^.x b4 isr 5c ^ "IE M ifeo mmx mMk M'^i^u *.xK ^ "l£ '^ ^ ^ ^ M ±.M E )ii* M M i^ 1^ m ^ viJi ft f* :^ 1^ 'i^ m m m m.^ m iS: ± # ^ "!£ »iiS i^ 1g ^^.^ M-m^ Pi ^. ^ it pt ^mM m u ft ^ *.ji ^ f5 pt m mM A Pt ^ #1 ^M pt m m "lEo m # ^ ^ "^ i§ ^M pg SliiHg -^shii wil- ^t'in-jt'ong tei--jfong, h6-"ts'z yatj ko tili" ^shengl : ^t'lii- jt'm ^to hai" jkam ^kiii ; ^shengt ^mun ^to hai" jChan-^chii tso" ke ; ^sherigt Jvci -k'sii yukj-shck^j Jai ts'ai ke . ^T'iii-^t'ong yair h6-"ts'z fai -lokj-ke ^yiin ; yair kiii tso" jD'ing-|.on-ke tei--^fong ; yau" kiu tso" ^t'ln-fil- ke uk^ k'ci. Shing -^.shiiyau- wa", '^Fim-"^hei fiii -wut^ ^.to ^lai to , jau-(.sliau ^.tse-fiki ^to ^fei hui . -Wiiig--yiiii ke M -lok^ t^i tsol" jt'au shong". '^Hai ^chan ^Shan min"-j.t3'm ^fun- hei to ho "miin, hai ^chau jShau yau'-pfir fiii -lok^ to ^mo-jk'ung.' Pun-Jol shai shong- kokQ-y6ng--ke fuk^ hai' ka-ke , pat^ kwo yatj chan" ^.shi hai shii . ^Ts'in- ^ts'oi "wiii '1116 ^hiii, ^tsing-^shan ^to rwiii shatj-hoii , ^p'ang-"yau ^to "wui ^lei-j.hoi, shai ^.yan kom ^to inatj- kin* j.t6 'wui wai-lan" ke . i.Tan-hai" ^t'in-^t'oug-ke f nk^-fan', tsau" ^m hai" kom yong*, "wing-'yiin hai- shii , jts'in-mair ^nin pat^ pin -ke . jyi-j.kam "nei song yap^ ^t'ln-^t'ong ^to tso" takj, fYe-^so hai" ^t'in-^t'ong- ke j.mun. "Yau ^yan sun "k'oii, ^Ye- jSo tsau" til-Jioi ^miiu tang "nei yap,. "Nei ^m hang ^ts'au-tsau" ^Ye- jSo, tsau" "mo pit, ^t'lii 16" yap^ tak,, jYe-^so hai' 16" a , ^miin ti . Holy book says, Heaven place very like one [C] large city : length length {I.e. each) also is golden streets ; city gates, also are pearls made ; city walls take jade-stone to lay. Heaven also very like a pleasure garden ; further called to-be peaceful place ; further called to-be heavenly father's house. Holy book also says, ' Pleasure (and) joy also come arrived, sadness (and) sighing also fly away. Eternal joy wear on head above. In true God's presence pleasure even-to very full, at true God's right side pleasure even-to endlessness.' Originally earth on all kinds-of happiness are false, not over one [f.] time at place. Wealth can-become none, health also can be-lost away, friends also can disperse-apart, world's men so many articles also can spoil. But heaven's happiness just not is so fashion, eternally present, thousand myriad year not change. Now you wish to-enter heaven, also do can, Jesus is heaven's door. Have man believe-on him, Jesus just throw open door wait (for) him to-enter. You not willing come to Jesus, then not- have another [6'.] road enter can, Jesus is road 2, door 2. St; si ®* 58 Wa READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. But he invites you to come. Yes, however guilty and vile you are, heaven may, and certainly tvill be yours, if you come to Jesus. 'To YOU is the word of this salvation sent.' then for heavenly bless, come to Jesus. — ' Come to Jesus, pp. 16 and n: 'm g a pb- ^ p s.pg mm mm >^ "^m % m ^ m.M ii iP # # SI A ^ ^ "^M ^ m "IE »,- m%^%^ m m ^M fs ^ ^ pg Vc U i^M 14 ^ ff ^. X B4 m # tb IM: 5io LESSON, XVIII. Our Grod must always have power to help us. Little children always want their mothers to help them. 9^ ^ It "IE )P*.1t H ^ 11 1^ ^ m ^M A^ "IE ^ j?. St: ■K'dii ji-^kam ts'engf "nei Jal. Wak^- che "nei p'A tsz -''kei kom ^to tsul'- okg jn yapj tak^, tsau" yiii fui - tsui" koi okjj, wiiir-chiin ko fuk^ jSam j.cli'6ng ; ^yin-hair chi yap^- takj. |.T'in-|.t'ong shii , yat^ ^.ti ^to hai"«8hing -kit^ kc sz" ; hai ^ko shii chii" ke , ko -ko ^to hai' shin" ^yan ; kwii - fcs'z "nei mei'-^ts'ang fui - koi, jSui yapj ^hiii ^t'in-^t'ong, "nei ^sam ' tsuug ^m tak^ jOn-lok^, ^.yan-wai" ^t'in-jt'ong ke sz", yat^ ^ti ^to knng" "nei jSam ^m ^t'mig. "Nei ^.m ^to i.fun- hei p^i ^chan ^Shan ; yau" ^m oi "k'oii : jHi ^chung-yi ^.Ye-^so ke shin" -to" ; kin Shing -^shii "mo mei" ; kong fuk^-^yam, kin ^m ho ^ii'engt ; kin ^k'ei- 1'6 ^m ^lau-jSam : kom yong* ko ^sam hai" ^o-^tso-ke (or jWU-^ts6-ke ), tsau" ^m yap^ tak^ ^t'in- jt'ong jlil. "Nei yiu fiii - koi, tsau" tak Shing -Jing kom-ffi "nei ^.sam, tsau" kill tso" ^san ^sam, yau" kiu tso" tsoi ch'ut, shai kwo . He now invites you to-come. Perhaps you fear self, so many sins wicked- nesses not enter can ; then must repent-of sins ; change wickednesses ; change-turn that [f.] heart (and) bowels : afterwards then enter can. Heaven's jDlace one bit also is holy 13ure matter. At that place live ones, every one also is good man ; therefore you not yet repent change, although enter have heaven, your heart absolutely not attain peace ; because heaven's matters all also with your heart not same. You not much pleased worship true God ; further not love him ; not like Jesus's holy doctrine ; perceive holy book no taste ; speak gospel (i.e. preaching) feel not good to-hear ; feel prayer not detain heart : so fashion, the heart is filthy then not enter can heaven, 21. You must repent change, then obtain Holy Spirit convert your heart, then called to-be new heart, also called to-be again born over. LESSON, XVIII. "Ngo-tei'-ke ^Shan ^tong-yiu "yau ^nang ^shong-^shi ^pong-cho". Sai sill ke niin" tsai, j.shi-jShi yiu "16- "mo pong-cho". m Our God ought to-have power always to-help. Tiny little tender children always want (their) mothers to-help. rf® The blind always also need the assistance of their fellow men to lead them ; the sicli are always in need of the doctor's help. We are in this world hke little child- ren ; like tha blind ; like the sick : we are like little children — we need some one to protect us ; we are like the blind — we need some one to lead ns ; we are like the - sick — we need, some one to watch over us. Who has power to help us ? Our parents can help us in some matters ; in some our teachers and friends ; but they can not help us in all things. They cannot always be with us. Even if they are beside us, yet they can- not always help us. How can they help us when they are asleep at night 1 How can they help us if we are far away from them ? But we need one who can always help us, so that his mind is always f>re- sent, his eye never asleep, his arms never weary. Is there such a one ? Yes. God who is our Saviour is just such a one. ^ r^_ B& m tg.^ ^ "it A H$ Bf 15 M 1 4 ^ B^o ffe It Pi PJS 1i Itt ^ ff iif tl U A^ "1^ It ^M M m AM -mm'^m ^ m 9M.^ m *.^ n pt ^ m.^ m m.± 4 Hf m mM ^j ^ ^ ill -(a ^ It ^ - ^ Pt '^ >if^ s B# H^ Pi ^M m pg 11.^ m pg m.^ m Pit t\ BlS.^ ^M m # EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 61 ^Milng-"ngan-ke ^shi-^shi yik^ ylii ^yan jDong-cho" ^.t'o "k'oli ; "yaii peng'f ke ^yan ^shi-^shi ^.to yiii j.yi-^shang j3ong-clio". "Ngo-tei" hai jii ko sliai -kai cliung ho "ts'z sai siu ke niiii" tsai ; ho "ts'z ^m^ng ^.yan ; ho "fcs'z peug'f " c ^ 7,3 c, , c , ,:> j.yan : "ngo-ter no "ts'z sai -|.maii- C, , , , 3 i 1 3 C . 3 C 3 tsai — yiu yatj ko po-yaii ngo-ter ; ho "ts'z ^milng ^yan — ylii yat^ ko ^t'o ' J.-2' t, , C 3. ,,3 ngo-tei ; ho ts'z peng j ^yan — yiu yat^ ko Jion- shau "ngo-tei". Mat^ shui* "yau ^.nang kom pong-cho" ngo-tei" „ni ? "Tail ^.ti sz" fu."-"m6 " wui jDong-cho" ; "yau ^.ti sz"j.sin-j.shang jP'ang-"yau "wui ^.pong-cho"; t^n" ^m r .3 .. 3 .. 3 3 C , , , "3 hai" yong"-youg" sz" "wui ^pong-cho". Pat J (.nang ^shong-^shi |.t'ung-j.inai "ngo- tei". Wiikj j.t'ung-j,mai "ngo-tei", yik^ pat^ (.nang ^.shong-^shi ^pong-cho". "K'oii to piin ye" fan ^nam, tim ^nang ^.pong-cho" "ngo-tei" ^ni ? Wiik^- che "ngo-tei" ^lei-Jioi "k'oii ho "yiin, yau" tim ^pong-cho" "ngo-tei" ^ni ? m. 3 C ,,,3 ,,3 C ,4. C , , Tan" "Dgo-tei" yiu yat^ wai* "wui ^shong-^shi ^pong-cho", kom tsau" ko ko jSam pit^ yiu ^s]ii-j.shi hai shij , "ngiin tsung ^m ^fan, shau tsung ^m kwiii". "Yau kom ke "mo qUI ? "Yau lok^. ^Shan tsik^ hai" "ngo-tei" ke Kau - chii, ^ngam- ngiim hai" kom yong* ke . Blind always also want people to-help to-lead them ; have sickness people always also want doctor to-help. We in this [C] world midst very like tiny small tender children ; very like blind men ; very like sick people : we very like children — want one [C] protect us ; very like blind men— want one [C] to-lead us; very like sick men — want one [6'.] watch over us. Who has power so to-help us, eh ? 53. There-are some matters father mother can help ; some matters teacher (and) friends can help ; but not is every- kind-of matters can help. Not able always with us. If with us, also not able always to-help. They arrived midnight sleep sound, how able to-help us, eh ? 53. If we are- separated-from them very far, further how help us, eh? 53. But we need one [C] always to-help, so then that [C] heart must-needs always at the-place, eye entirely not sleep, hands entirely not tired. Is-there such not, eh ? 53. There-is, 32. God just is our Saviour exactly is so fashion. He is present with us at night the same as during the day. Whether at home or abroad, it is all the same: his eye does not sleep. His arm is always strong. There is no place where he is not. In the Psalms, it is said, ' God is our refuge and strength; a very present help in trouble.' David also said, ' The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be afraid 'i ' Long ago David kept his ilock of sheep ; and a lion and a bear tried to get his sheep ; but David was not afraid, because God helped him to kill those two fierce beasts. He was not even afraid of Goliath the Philistine, though he was a giant and a fierce man of war, because God helped him and caused him to vanquish Goliath. Everyone in this world, whoever he is, requires God to help him. The Gentiles have many gods. They think one god attends to one place, and cannot help the people belonging to another place ; but this is not wise, it is foolish. Truly the gods of the Gentiles, no matter of what place, are not able to help their suppliants. No man, who ever he may be, is able to help us. mBm- ma It m n p|E m m mi tg ^ B# B# ^ :^M m y^ m m Kr.A m ^ mm m^m w.n ^ m ts ^m±A M m ^ m ^ m m Wio ^ ^ A % iif ^ mtSf* "^ AM PJS nfl^ Pg # ^ mmmnAm ^»pg m n m,m ij -fe. A 15 pg mm no EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 63 c„,.... ><:.,, .. c i..-' 1 'J Iv'ou ye - man ^.t'ling-^miii "iigo-ter hai "■ho "ts'z yatj- t'au* yat^ yong". "Ngo- tel" ch'utj ngoi" ho "ts'z hat uk^- k'ei- yatj yong" : "k'oii-ke "ngau ^m fan . "K'oii shau ^shi-^shi "yau hk,. ^Mo tei" patj tsoi". Shing -^.shu ^.Shi-jD'in "yau wa", ' "Ngo-tei" ^tong Wiln"- nan" ^.shi, ^Shan kik^ hk^ Jai ^pong- cho".' Tiir-p'ekjt ^to wii", '^Shan hai" ^.pong-cho" "Bgo, "ngo shai ^fong mat^--ye ^li ? ' Sikj-yat^ Tai--p'ekjt muk, <.Y6ng ^kw'an ; "yau yat^ chek^ ^sz, yat^ chek^ ^hang song chukg "k'6ii-ke ^yong; tiin" Tai"-p'ekjt ^.m p'a , jan-vval" ^Shan jpong-cho" "k'oii ta- sz ko "long chek^ ok^ shau . "K'ou ^to ^m p'il j.Fel-:lei"-|.sz ^.yan, j.Wu-lei"-j.a, ^ko till" "yung mang, ^yan-wai" ^.Shan ^pong- cho", Jing "k'oii ta-^yengf ^Wii- lei"-ja. Shai -kai ^chung sho "yau ke jan, yat^-ts'it^ yiii ^Shan jong- cho". Yi"- pong ^yan "yau ho ^to ^.shan. "K'oii kwii yatj wai* ^shan 'ta-"lei yat^ tat^ tei'-^fong, ^m ^pong-cho" tak^ tai" yi" shii -ke ^yau ; tdn" jUi-^ti ^na hai" ts'ung-^ming-ke ,hai"^yii- ch'unche^. jChan 'kong Yi'-^pong jan-ke ^shan, ^m jlun jpin tat^^, pat^ ^namg ^pong- cho" 'she jk'au "k'oii ke . ^M ^lun matj V^n*, ^to ^m jong-cho" tak^. He at-night with us is very like day one fashion. We go outside very like at home one fashion : his eyes not sleep. His arms always have strength. No spot not is. Holy Book, Psalms, does say, 'We meet-with distress (and) difficulty time, God extreme, strength come assist.' David also said, 'God does help me, I need fear what thing, eh 't 53.' Former day David shepherded sheep flock; there was one [C] lion, one [f.] bear wished to-catch his sheep ; but David not fear, because God helped him to-strike to-death the two [f.] iierce animals. He also not fear Philistine man, Goliath, that great brave fierce, because God helped (him), caused him to-beat Goliath. "World's midst whatsoever there-are of men, the-whole-bf-them need God to help. The Gentiles men have very many gods. They think one [C] god attends-to one spot-of ground, not help able another place's people ; but this not is clever, is stupid only, 7. Truly speaking Gentile people's gods, not matter what spot, not able to- assist whoever begs them. Not mat- ter what men, also not assist able. KB X(3 64 yds READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. We need a God, who can help us at all times and every where, whether here or there ; and there is only one God like that. — ' The King's High- way.'' P^ ^ — #: l$»H# B# M ^^0 m- LESSON, XIX. A certain man had two sons : and the younger of them said to his father, 'Father, give me the portion of thy substance tliat falleth to me.' And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after, the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country ; and there he wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that country ; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to one of the citizens of that country ; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have been filled with the husks that the swine did eat : and no man gave unto him. ^ - 1® A.m ^ fn ^ "It m.^ mm^ - 1® KM A *r # tS m m_ ii §l<3 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 65 ■Ngo-tei" yid yat^ wai* ^Shan, jShi-^shi We want a [(7.] God always all-round, jChau-jWai ^to ^pong-cho" -ngo-tdi", also help us. Perhaps in this place, wiikj hai ^ni shti , wak^ hai ko perhaps in that place, also help; so shii , jto jpong-cho" ; 'k6m '^yong* ke fashion's God only have one [(7.] jShan tukj "yan yat^ wai* chSj. only, 7. LESSON, XIX. 'Yau yatj ko ^yan "yau "long ko tsai. There-was a [C] man (who) had two Ko sai tsai tui fii'-jfcs'an wii", [C] sons. The small son to father ' A -^pd, "k'tli "ngo sho ^ying tak^ said, 'Father, take I what ought ke jkil-yip, ^fan kwo "ngo Jtt.' to-obtain family property, divide to me, 21.' Ko fu"-jts'an tsau" ^t'ung "long ko The father then for two [C] sons tsai j.fan-jhoi ^kti-yipj. divided family property. "Mo kei ^t6 yat^, ko sai tsai tsui"- Not very many days, the young son ^mai sho "yau ke "ye, hoii ho gathered together whatever had things. "yiia tei"-|.fong jaw- sh^ ; hai ko went very far place stroUing ; at that shii ho fong -tong", ^M- sdn "k'oii- place very dissolute (and) squandered ke' jkii-yipj. his family property. "K'oii yatj ^ti ^to stin ^.ts'ing ^chi ^shi, He one atom even dissipated completely ko shii tei"-jfong "yau t^i" ^kei- time, that spot-of place have great ^.fong ; "k'oii tsau" "mo tak^ shai. famine, he then not obtain (any- thing) to-spend. "^Kom tsau- hoii ^fau-k'tiu ko shii So then went (and) threw himself (or tei--jfong yatj ko' jan; ko' jan depended on) that spot-of place one til-fiitg "k'oii hoii "k'6ii-ke ^t'in [C] man ; the man sent him to-go-to wai cjChii. his fields, to feed the pigs. "K'oii song "k'd,i ^.chii sho shik^ ke He wished to-take the-pigs what eat tau" hokg jlai ^ch'ung ^kei : ^to "mo beans husks in-order-to appease (his) jan 'pel "y^ "k'oii shik^. hunger : also no man gave things to- him to-eat. ^ ^. But when he came to himself he said, 'How many hired servants of my father's have hread enough and to spare, and I perish here with hunger ! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, "Father, 1 have sinned against heaven and in thy sight. I am no more worthy to be called thy son ; make me as one of thy hired servants." ' And he arose and came to his father. But while he was yet afg,r off, his father saw him, and was moved with compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, 'Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight: I am no more worthy to be called thy son.' But the father said to his servants, 'Bring forth quickly the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet : and bring the fatted calf, and till it, and let us eat, and make merry : for this my son was dead, and is alive again ; he was lost, and is found.' 'And they began to be merry.' ^ ^ ^ Pt ^ X Am m^u^ mm n m A ^ Bl'Jo E»M m n 'MM ^ u ^ ii ^ ae 4^ f? * au. # ^ it '^ H It ^00 EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 67 Eo chair ^.shi -k'oii sing-ng'- hei- Jai \v;i", ' "Ngo fu--jts'aii kom ^t^ jknng- ^yaa, "k'oii Jong-shikj ^to "yau shing" ; tsin" "ngo hai ^ni shii ngo" ^to yiu sz lok^. "Ngo ^tsong h6I- ^sban, lioii to "ngo fu"-^ts'aa shii , toil "k'oii Wcl", "jA-jpd,, "ngo tak^ bsui" ^t'in, yau" tak tsul" "uei. jTs'ung Jcam "yi hau", ^.m kom ^tong .tso nei-ke tsai ; pei "ngo tso" "nei yat^ ko j.kung- jan pil* ^la." ' Kom tsau" hei-|.shan, ^kwal to "k'oii fu"-j.ts'an shii . Chung" lei" ho "yiin, "k'oii fu"-jts'an t'Ai- kin , tsau" ho- Jin "k'oii, tsau ^ts'in hoii , "p'6-chii" "k'oii kengt, kung" "k'oii ^ts'an- tsui. Ko tsai tsan" tui "k'oii ^viL", ' A - p4 "ngo takj-tsui" ^t'ln, yau" tak tsui" "nei : jts'ung ^kam "yl hau" ^m- kom- tong kill tso" "nei-ke tsai lok^. "K'oii fu."-jts'an toii ko -Ji puk, wir, 'Tsikj-hak^ lo chi ho ke ^ch'ong sham pei "k'oii chok^, lo kiii - chi tai k)kj "k'oii shau- chi, lo ^hai chok lok, "k'iiii k6k„. ,Ljli ko ohekQ ^fei ^ngau- tsai hoii ^t'ong, tajig "ngo-tei" fai -lok^ Jai shik^. ^yan-wai "ngo ^m ko tsai sz-Juu; yau" jf^n-jShdng ; shat^-^hiu, yau" takj jfan k& .' ' K6m tssiu" "k'oii- tei" hei- shau M -lok^.' That period-of time he aroused (and) said, ' My father so many work people, their food also have remainder, hut I at this place starve also must die, 32. I will arise, go to my father's place, to him say, "Father, I have sinned (against) heaven, further have sinned (against) you. From now and in- future, cannot presume to-be your son ; let me be you one [C] workman, and-be-done-with-it, 21." ' So then (he) arose, homed to his father's place. Still separated very far, his father saw, then pitied him, ran for- ward going, embraced his neck, with him kissed. The son then to him said, 'Father, I have-sinned-against heaven, further have-sinned-against you : from now and in-future not presume to-be- called to-be your son, 32.' His father to the servants said, 'Im- mediately bring the best long robe, give to-him to-wear, bring finger-ring put down-on his finger, bring shoes put down-on his feet. Seize that [C] fat calf, go-to slaughter, so-that we may-be-joyf ul coming to-eat : because my this [C] son dead already, further restored-to life; lost already, again, obtained back, 14.' 'So then they began to-be-joyful.' W: ^1 68 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Now his elder son was in the field: -(B fg ii ;^ ff .li ffl ^.:s and as he came and drew nigh to ^mmM'& m MM the house, he heard music and mifmmn^^WM dancing, and he called to one of ^-m^^mf^t^. the servants, and enquired what ^^mm^mo these things might be. And he said unto him, 'Thy brother m^^mn mM m % is come; and thy father hath killed m mM iicm.mM% the fatted calf, because he hath iitg.tT5!P5«.6lTJ^ElJ received him, safe and sound.' mm^m^H'o But he was angry, and would not go Mi^ifm\^^m.^-w in: and his father came out, and A^.n'^m,n\mm intreated him. fgo But he answered and said to his father. nm^Miitmm.^m 'Lo, these many years do I serve ^u\^^^M^m thee, and I never transgressed a m. u m. ^ ^^M is Tie commandment of thine: and yet -t#-^-¥f?Ma. thon never gavest me a kid, that I #ll^i§^I^JS'^ might make merry with my friends : mom ^u^)im i^M but when this thy son came, which ■^m^%u^mm. hath devoured thy living with harlots. n-m.umnn^^ thou killedst for him the fatted calf.' IS ^ r ^ f? #j #0 And he said unto him, 'Son, thou art MUcm^mnrnM^ff ever with me, and all that is mine mM ^^nm mm is thine: but it was meet to make '^ ^ "IE m- Bfl^ 15 # men-y and he glad: for this thy f^ "IE moM i^^mmm brother was dead and is alive again ; %M mx'^^.^m and was lost, and is found.'— 'iw/cg xum "iE.i^ it mm 15: 11-32: mmm^^mmo ■ m ^ ^ .% EEADIXC.S IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 69 Ttlir -k'oii ko' m- 'tsai 'liai ^t'in shu : But his that big son at field place : k'apj chi jfau Jai, ^tsoug-kan" to and until back came nearly to house, ukj, ^t'engt-^man tsok.-ngokj jt'iu- heard playing (and) music, dancing's "mo-ke jShengt, tsair kiii yafc^ ko sound. Then called one [C] servant hair-^shtlng ^.lai mair "h;i. ' Hai' to come, asked a-bit, 'Is what thing mat J "ye sz"-kon ^m?' business, eh ? 58.' Ko hair-jShang toil "k'oii wil", ' "Nel The 'boy' to him said, 'Your young sai - 16 Jtiii-^lai ; "nci fu'-^ts'aii ^yan- brother back come ; your father because wai" takj ^fiiii "k'iiij, "mo peng'f- obtain back him no illness (or) pain. t'ung , sho-yi ^t'oiig-|.hiu ko chek^ therefore killed that [6'.] fat calf.' ^fei ^iigau- tsai.' Ko tiii" tsai tsau" "iio liei ^lai, ^in The big son then anger arose came. hang yapj hoii : "k'oii fLi'-^ts'aii not willing enter go : his father out cli'utj jlai hiin "k'oii. came, remonstrated- with -him. "K'oii tsau" t&p^ ko fii'-^ts'au wtl", He then answered the father, saying, ' I ' "Ngo fukj-sz' "nei kom ^to ^nin, have-served you so many years not at tsnng-"mo pui -yikj "nci-lvc ^tau-tu : all rebelled-against your orders : you "nei jto mei--^ts'ang '^pci yat^ chek„ also not yet give one [f '.] kid {or young jong-Ssai kwo "ugo, tang "ngo sheep) to me, so-that I with friends kung- jyaug--yau ^fung-^mai fai - together rejoice : but it-is your [C] lokj : ^wai hai" "nei ^ni ko t:>ai, ^t'luig son with harlots .swallowed all your kei---fii jt'an sai ke ^l^'i-yiP,) "k'o" family property, ho once arrived, you yatj to , "niii tsau" wai" "k'oii ^t'ong then, on-account-of him, slaughter the ko^ chek^ Jii ^ngau- tsai Ic ^mc ? ' [C] fat calf, (do you), eh ? 26, 39. Ko fu"-jts'an tui "k'oii ^va", ' "Xgo-ke The father to him said, ' My son, 2, you /tsai a\ -nei ^shi-^slii ^fnug-^mai always together-with me, I whatever "ngo, "ngo slio "yau kc "ye, yatj-|.ti . have of things, even-to-the least, also ^to hai" "nei-ke ^Ic : t;iu" "nei ^ni ko are yours, 24 : but your this [C] sai - 16 sz-Jiiii yau" fakj-^.shaug ; young brother dead again come to shatj-Jiiu, yau" wan-^fan ke : kwii - life ; lost again found back : therefore ts'z "ngo-tiii" ^ying-jkoi ^fiin- hei wo ought to-be-pleased joyful, 22.' fai -lokj la .' M ¥§ 70 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. LESSON, XX. The Lord is my shef)herd ; I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures : He leadeth 'me beside the still waters. He restoreth my soul : He gnideth me in the paths of righteousness for His name's sake. Yea, though I walk tln-ough the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil ; for Thou art with me : Thy rod and Thy staff, they comfort me. Thou jjreparest a table before me in the presence of my enemies. Thou hast anointed my head with oil ; my cup running over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life : and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever. — Twentij-tMrd Psalm. m a ill ^ ^ ^ ;^ t-Hio^ ^ He s 1^ ss. ■"jb "iM. ^»^ 1e /C m.i^^ Z. ^.^^ ^ Kilo # m mo vi li^ ^ ^o m 1^ m m ^o^ ^ m i§ READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 71 LESSON, XX. jYe-j.w6-^\va liai' "iigo ^.chi mnkj-^yan ; "ngo pitj patj chi k'tit^-fat^. Sliai "ngo fun tsoi" jfong- ts'o chi- tei" : till "uo'o liit, tsoi" tsiiig" shui ^chi jAii. Ling" "ngo ^.liiig-^wan fnkj-|.s6 : wai" "k'oii-j.clii mcng", "van "ngo cliik^ ^hang yi'-li)". "Ngo sni ,king-k\vo ,Yam-ai Him- sz ^clii Kuk^, vik^ ^m p';i sliau" hoi"; yan-wai" "nei ^.shong tsoi" "ngo cliakj-Qpin : "Xci-^clii kwan , "nc'i- ^chi chong", pit^ ^on-wai "ngo. Tsoi" "no'o tik,-,van ,chi ,ts'in, Avai" "ngo yu -pel ^yin-tsik^. "Nei "ya-^ts'ang ynug" jau ^.ch^i "ngo ^t'au; ^cham "mim "ngo cliek^, ^pui. "Ngo tsoi" shai kom noi", pit^ "yan yan- tin ^lin-sut^ Jvan-^ts'ni "ngo : yiu "Wing- yun chu tsoi ^Xc'-^wo- ,Wd tin'-"lui. Jehovah is my shepherd ; I certainly not arrive-at want. Makes me Ue-dowu in fresh grass's ground : leads me to-stop in still water's side. Causes my soul to -revive : on-iicc(]nut- of his name, guides me straight to- walk righteousness road. I although pass through Infernal Shade (and) Danger of Death's Valley, also not fear suflfer injury ; because You constantly at my side. Your rod. Your staff certainly comfort me. In my enemy's jiresence, for me pre]iare feast. You already use oil anouit my head; pour full my [f'.] cup. I in world so long must have, favour, pity follow me : must eternally lix'e in Jeliovah's temjile within. St:! II " m. m #o^;f \^ ^ If '^ Pit A,:^ ii # m mM ffi f^ s^ ^M ^ pg # If w^M ^ m m..^ # a ^ 't "IE Pg-o LESSON, XXIII. We praise Thee, God: we acknow- ledge Thee to be the Lord. All the earth doth worship Thee : the Father everlasting. n9- ^±0 i»BS» ^M^ jYan-wai" ^ts'ung ^te'ing-ynkj ke , t'ai- t'lPo jtsing-yukj ke sz -jts'ing ; jts'ung Shing j,Shaii ke , t'ai-t'ipo Shing' jShaa ke' sa'-jts'lng. '■T'ai-t'ip^* jts'ing-yukj ke jan, «hi" plt^ sz; 't'ai-t'ipo Shing ^Shan ke jan, shi" pitj jSMng, ^yi- ch'e ^ping-jOn ^ t'ai- t'ipo jts'ing-yukj ke ^sam hai^ kung" Sh6ng"-fcai tso" ^ch'au-tikj ; jan ^m fakj Sh6Dg"-tai ke fitg, yik, pat^ ^nang fuk^ tak^i sho--yi ^ts'nng jts'ing-yukj ke jan pat^ jUang takj Sh6ng--tili ^fiin- heL Ch'tt^- sz Sh6ng"-tai ke ^Shan chii" tsoi" "nei jSam noi", ■nei tsau' ^m ^ts'ung jts'ing-yuk,, ptt ^ts'nng Shing'- jShan. Td,n--^fd,ii -mo ^Kei-tuk^ Shing -jShan ke , ^m hai" shuk^ ^K-ei- tukj ke' lokg. Ch'ifc^- sz ^Kei-tukj tsoi" "nei ^sam, kom ko yutj ^shan jSui ^yan tsui" -yi sz; ^Jing-^wan pitj jan ji- "yi ^shiag. Because follow lusts, patronise lust's incidents ; follow Holy Spirit's, favour Holy Spirit's matters. Favour lasts' men, must certainly die ; favour Holy Spirit's men, must certainly live, moreover peace : favour lust's heart is with Supreme Euler being enemy ; be- cause not submissive Supreme Ruler's law also not able to-be-subject able : therefore follow lust's men not able to-obtain Supreme Ruler pleased. If Supreme Ruler's Spirit live in your heart within, you then not follow lusts, must follow Holy Spirit. Who- soever has-not Christ's Holy Spirit, not is belong-to Christ, 32. Suppos- ing-that Christ in your heart, so that flesh body although on-account-of sin to die ; (the) soul must on-account-of righteousness to live. LESSON, XXIII. ■Ngo-t6]? tain -~m6i 'Chii : ying" wai" m£Ln" "yau chi Chii. Chii wai" ^mo ch'i ^mo ^chung ^chi Fii" : jt*Ting ^t'in-hii" ^yan ^mo pat^ king pd.i . We praise the-Lord : acknowledge to- be myriad havings Lord {i.e. the Lord of all that there-is). The Lord is no beginning no ending's Father: throughout heaven's under people not (who do) not reverently worship. M(3 To Thee all angels cry aloud : the heavens and all the powers therein. To Thee cherubin and seraphin con- tinually do cry, 'Holy, holy, holy, Loi"d God of Sabaoth i Heaven and earth are full of the majesty of thy glory.' The glorious company of the apostles praise Thee. The goodly fellowship of the prophets praise Thee. The noble army of martyrs praise Thee. The holy Church throughout all the world doth acknowledge Thee, The Father of an infinite majesty; Thine honourable, true, and only Son ; Also the Holy Ghost : the Comforter. Thon art the King of Glory, Christ. ThSu art the everlasting Son of the Father. When Thou tookest 'upon Thee to deliver man. Thou didst not abhor the Virgin's womb. 6)24 aW l^ + ^^.1Ii day without sin. nmis^]L^o : Lord, have mercy upon us, have ^±nnn Pi. pt n m mercy upon us. m. Lord, let Thy mercy lighten upon mmmwim ^.^ + w us, as our trust is in Thee. t^ n mo Lord, in Thee have I trusted : Let nnm^m ±.^ + ^ me never be confounded. He IK T> M ;^ Ulto m m (Si-. =^ READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL 81 Chii a , "iiei til-|.shing' sz mongj ^chi hau", tsau" wai" yat^ ts'ibg sun -to"- ,yan ,hoi-,hiu t'iii kwok. chi ,mun. Chii a , ■iSTei ■ts'o*t tsoi" Shong" Chii chi yau" pin", hong-shau" Shing Fii" |.chi jWiug-yiu". "Ngo-tei" sun Chii, pit^ tsoi 'kong - Jam sham-raair "ngo-tei". Chii ii , "Nei ^ts'ang ynng" p6 hiit^ shnkj kau shai ^yan, "ugo-tei" yin"- tsoi" ^k'au Chii ch'ing-kau . Sz "ngo-tei" tak^ lit^ tsoi" shing ^.t'o jChi ^chnng, tak^ hong "wing-"yiin jWing-yiii". Chii a , "Ngo-tei" Jc'au Chii ch'ing- kau Chii |.chi pak^-sing , t'sz fiik^ pei Chii ^chi siin ^man. ^K'au Chii ^shoug-^shong kwun-ch'uk^ "ngo-tei", jfil-cho" "ngo-tei". "JS'go-tei" yatj-yatj ^ch'ing Chii wai" jtsiin, wai" tai" ; "Jfgo-tei" jtsiin-fang" Chii ^chi Shing - meng*f, "wing shai ^.mo tsun". "Ngo-tei" Jcam-yatj ^k'au Chii p6- yau", shai "ngo-tei" pat^ fiin"-tsui". jK'au Chii ho-.b'n "ngo-tei", ho-j.lin "ngo-tei". "Ngo-tei" tiikj "yi-Iai" Chii, ^k'au Chii ho-Jin "ngo-tei". "Ngo-tei" tiikj yi-hii" Chii, ,k'au Chii hng" "ngo "wing pat^ chi -jii ,sau-"k'wai'. Lord, 2, You vanquished death's after, then on-account-of one all believers opened heaven's kingdom's door. Lord, 2, You sat 6n Superior Lord's right side, to-enjoy receive Holy Father's glory. We believe the-Lord must again des- cend-to-earth to-judge us. Lord, 2, You already used (thy) precious blood to-redeem save world's men, we now beg the-Lord to-save (us). Cause us to-obtain to-be-numbered in holy disciples' midst, to-obtaln to- enjoy eternal glory. Lord, 2, we beg the-Lord to-save the- Tiord's people, to-bestow happiness-on the-Lord's chosen people. (We) beg the-Lord constantly to-govern us, to-assist us. We day (by) day style the-Lord to-be exalted, to-be great ; We honour (and) serve the-Lord's holy name eternally world without end. We to-day beg the-Lord to-protect (us), cause us not to-sin. (We) beg (the) Lord to-have-pity-on us, to-have-mercy-on us. We only rely-on the-Lord, (we) beg the-Lord to-have-pity-ou us. We only rely-on the-Lord, (we) beg the-Lord to-cause us eternally not to-arrive-at shame. H(5 82 HEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL, LESSON, XXIV. ' Let not your heait be troubled : ye believe in Grod, believe also in me. In my Father's house are many mansions ; if it were not so, I would have told you ; for I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I come again, and will receive you unto myself ; that where I am, there yc may be also. And whither I go, ye know the way.' Thomas saith unto him, 'Lord, we know not whither thou goest ; how know wc the way ? ' Jesus saith unto him, 'I am the way, and the truth, and the life : no one comcth unto the Father, but by me.' m m ^ ^M ^ Pi ii * a»tr A ^ij # ^ it ^ m_ READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 83 7^ LESSON, XXIY. ' "Nei-tei" ^sam ^m shai ^.yau-^shau : "aei-tei" sun Sh6ng"-tai , ^to yiii sun "ngo. "Ngo P'u'-ke ^a, chung "yan "^ho ^to chii" sho : t'ong-yok^ ^m hai", "ngo pit^ ^sin wa" kwo "nei-tei" ^clii : ^yan "ngo hoii wai" nei-tei yu -pei tei"-^fong. I'ong- yokj "ngo hoii war "nei yir-pei" tei"-^oug, "ngo pit^-ting" ^fan ^lai, tsip^ "nei-tei" to "ngo shii : tang "ngo hai ko shii , "net ^to hai shii. ">vgo sho hoii ^chi shii , "n^i- tel" j.chi-t6 ; ko ^t'lii 16", "nei to jChi-to .' jTo-"ma toii "k'oii wa", ' Chii ii , "Jfei hoii ^pin sliii , "ngo-tei" ^m ^ehi-to : tim shik^ tak^ ko ^t'iu 16" j^ni ? ' <.Ye-^6 toii "k'oii wd.", ' "Ngo tsikj hai" ^t'iii 16" ii , chan "lei a , jShang-meng"* a : yok^ ^m hai" ^yau "ngo, "m6 ^yan to tak^ Fu" shii ii .' ' Your heart not need sorrow : you be- lieve-in the-Supreme Kuler, also must believe-in me. My father's family midst have very many dwelling places ; if not was, I certainly first said to you to-know ; for I go for you to-prepare place. If I go on-aceount-of you to- prepare place, I certainly back come, to-receive you to my place : so-that I at that place, yon also at the-place. I what go place, you know ; the [T'.] road, you also know.' Thomas to him said, 'Lord 2, You go what place, we not know ; how know able that [C] road, eh ? 53.' Jesus to him said, 'I just am [6'.] road, 2, true principle, 2, life, 2 : if not is from me, no man arrive able Father's place, 2.' Mo 84 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Si: LESSON, XXV. And Ruth the Moahitess said unto Naomi, ' Let me now go to the field, and glean among the ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace.' And she said unto her, ' Go, ray daughter.' And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers : and her hap was to light on the portion of the field belonging unto Boaz, * * * . And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reaj)ers, 'The Lord be with you.' And they an- swered him, 'The Lord bless thee.' Then said Boaz unto Euth, -Hearest thou not, my daughter ? Go not to glean in another field, neither pass from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens. Let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them : Have 1 not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee ? And when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young- men have drawn.' §i iwiKMnm4~ mM ii * BB m^^ # (m) n -n m ^u M.Am) mm (^)MAmm m mM ft nk m "IE A» mnmym m>tg m fe m m mm m ^ ^^ A nSM w^m^m f5i m.M A # mM m * * =^mAmmmmm. Bi'joiE It ft Pi ^ i: ffl i\k mM m ft fg Pi *. A m n m ^o (SV. LESSON, XXV. jM6-^Pq "noii Lo'-tak^ toii ^Ntl-^o-'mai wd.", ' "Ngo song hoii ^.t'in-^k^n, yok^- hai' ('ngo) tak^ mat^ shui* ke jan, ("ngo) tsau" liai ( ko) ko ja.n liau"- pin" chapj "k'oii shing"-ha' ke mak^- soii".' ^Nil-^o-'mai Up^^ \va", 'Sik^- "fii ii , chikg- kwiiii hoii U.' L6'- takj tsau" hoii to ^fin-^hin, ^kan- chii" jShau-kotj,-ke -ja.n, chap^ "k'oii shing'-h^" ke soii" : "k'oii sho to ke ^t'in, ^.kong-jigEim hai" ^Po-^sz ke . * * * . jPo-^sz ching ^ts'ung PakQ-lei"-^hang ^lai, toii kot^- ^wo- ke -jan wii", ' Yiia" ^Ye-^\v6-^wi ^t'ung-^mai "nei-tei".' Chung" jan tiipj^ wa", 'Yiin- ^Ye-^vfo-^wA t'sz fuk^ kwo "nei.' * * * _ jPo-j.sz toii L6"-takj wa", ' "Ngo "noii a , "nei ^t'engf "ngo kong. ^M "^shai (or ho) hoii pit^ j-an-ke ^t'in chajj ^wai soii" ; "mai ^lei-^hoi ^ni shii , ^.wai hai" |.kan-^miii "ngo-ke "p'ei-"n6ii hai ^ni shii ^la. "K'oii-tei" chii" hai ^pin trf/tg jt'in ^shau-kotjj, tsau" ^kan-chii" "k'oii-tei" hoii : "Ngo "yi-^king ^fan- fii shiu ^nin jan "mai ^hei-fii" "nei. Yokj hai" "nei hot^, tsau" hoii "k'oii- tei" hei -"ming, yam puk,- jan sho k'ap ke shui.' 5^ The Moabitess woman Ruth to Naomi said, 'I wish go field if (I) obtain anyone's grace, (I) then at (that) [C] man behind pick-up (what) he leaves- behind of wheat. Naomi answered, said, 'Daughter-in-law (it means also a grandson's or nepheiv's wife), 2,' very- well-then go, 21. Euth then went to (the) fields, followed reapers, picked-up they left-behind of ears-of- grain : she what arrived-at field ex- actly was Boaz's. * * * . Boaz exactly from Bethlehem came, to cutters-of- grain-men said, ' I-wish Jehovah (be) together- with you.' x\.ll the-people answered, said, ' May Jehovah bestow hai^piness upon you.' * * * . Boaz to Euth said, ' My daughter, 2, you listen to-me speaking. Not need (or do not) go another man's field to-pick-up left-behind ears-of corn ; do not go- away-from this place, but it is (that you) follow to-gether-with my maids at this place, 21. They live at what spot field reap, then follow them going : I al- ready have-ordered the-few years men not to-insult you. If it is (that) you (ai'e) thirsty, then go to-their vessels, drink slave-men what drawn water.' ^ 86 KEADINaS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Then she fell on her face, and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, 'Why have I found grace in thy sight, that thou shoudest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger ? ' And Boaz answered and said unto her, 'It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother- in-law since the death of thine hus- band : and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thou knewest not here- tofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord, the G-od of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to take refuge.' Then she said, 'Let me find grace in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken kindly unto thine handmaid, though I be not as one of thine handmaidens.' And at meal-time, Boaz said unto her, 'Come hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar.' m tg mM ^ ^^ ^ ^u AM -li ^ f5t "IE H & m i^- m n a ^Mo PJr fat m n ^ #»^ ^;f ^ "HE "S" if* ^jf m m m m m ^ # "IE ;Ti| W ^ PfSt#tg 4:1 "IE P"IES 3W=o ^k m n ^ 5spo READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 87 Lo^-takj wii ^tai ^t'au, p'ukj "^to tei" shii , toil -k'oii wii", ' ^Ngo hai'ngol'- jpong ke ^yan, tso" mafc^ ^mung "nei ke |.yan-tak^, chi ■nei kwii -snt^ "ngo ^ni ? ' jPo-jSz tilp^ "k'oii Wii", 'Ts/r-^ts'img "nei ch6ng"-j.fu sz liaii", ^fan "nei liong ^ka-j'o slio tso" ke : ping "nei ^lei-^hoi fcsz'- kei fu"-"m6, k'ap^ she ^.shiing- chong ke kwu t'6, Jai to "nei ^p'ing-so ^m ^scing shik^ ke pakjj-sing ko tilt^ : ko -^ti sz", ^yan-tei" "yi-j.king kong sai kwo "ngo jChi. Tiin" ^Ye-^wo-^wa chid nei slio tso ke snong-po "nei, "nei j.lai to ^.ni sliii yi-lai" "Yi- shikj-litj ke ^Shan ^Ye-^wo-^wa ke yikj hii". Yiin" "nei ^ts'ung "k'oii ko shii takj tii" shong-t'sz . L6"-takj wa", 'Yiin" ^mung Chii yan; "ngo ^sou-^yin ^m k'ap^ "nei ehung c ,,. c ,r c, . " , " ,3 c p'ei, nei king-^yin ^on-wai "ngo, yung" "yau-oi ke shut^-wEi" tou "ngo kong.' To -jhiii shikj fan" ke ^shi-hau", ^ 3" 3 ~3 C ^Po-jSz toil L6"-takj wd,", ' "N6i jlai ^ni shii lo ^ti pengf ^lai shikj, "k'di "nei fai tim lok^ ts'6 jChung & .' Ruth bowed down (her) head, prostrated on earth place to him said, 'I am outside kingdom's person. Do why thanks-to your favour (to me and) regard-with compassion me, eh ? .58.' Boaz answered her saying, 'Since your husbaud died after, all you towards (your) mother-in-law what done : and you separate-from you-own father mother, and what born grown-up native land, come "to you ordinarily not mutuJiUy acquainted people that spot : these matters people already spoken all to-me to-know. May Jehovah according-to you what have- done reward you (and) recompense you, you come to this place rely-on Israel's God Jehovah's wings under. May you from his that place obtain great reward.' Euth said, ' I-wish (and) hope the-lord's favour ; I although not equal-to your all maids, you have comforted me used friendly love's words to me to-talk.' Arrived eat rice's time, Boaz to Ruth said, ' You come this place take some cake to-eat, take your piece dip down-into vinegar midst, 2.' s^ w 88 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. And she sat beside the reapers : and l^#^Pi^i'lP|EA^ they reached her parched corn, and m^^ mM ±m-mm she did eat, and was sufficed, and m. m\^'^^ "kM "k left thereof. ^j # m ^ Mo And when she was risen up to glean, ^%i^^im^n'^ Boaz commanded his young men. m mM ±^v¥i^}^^ saying, 'Let her glean even among KmMm^.^^m the sheaves, and reproach her not. ^Wimmu^ ts»pg And also pull out some for her from nw:m t&^ ^m^ the bundles, and leave it, and let m.^m^^m\mi^ her glean, and rebuke her not.' # tg ft»pg nmUo So she gleaned in the field until immi^#PiBgf^ffcM even ; and she beat out that she m>it m ^ mm n m had gleaned, and it was about an wummsi^-m. ephah of barley. ^^¥o And she took it up, and went into luwtum^Am *»# the city : and her mother-in-law saw ^ ^ ^ IS ^jf ft ^l£o * what she had gleaned. * * * . * * And her mother-in-law said unto her, nmmf^n m.^ b u ' Where hast thou gleaned to-day ? mM^mm] \-^um and where wroughtest thou ? blessed PjS»-^li(^)EtfX be he that did take knowledge of 9jiM mm^^^nm thee.' ^o And she shewed her, mother-in-law ^nwtm^B%%mm with whom she had wrought, and mmj:.M'Mmm ^. said, 'The man's name with whom mM^Bmnmm I wrought to-day is Boaz.' — 'Ruth, 2: 2—19: x.MA^^n±o m ^ ^ w> EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 89 L6"-takj tsair hai jShau-kotg-ke -^yaii Ruth then at reapers side sat down : jP'ong-opin -ts'o*t lok^ : ^Po-^sz tsau" Boaz then took toasted {or parched) "k'tli hong -ke kuk^ ^pei kwo ■k'oii paddy gave to her to-eat, she ate shik^, "k'oii shik^ to '^pd;U, chung" until satisfied, still have remaining. "yau sning'. Lo'-takj hei ^shan hoii chap^ ^t'iri-jkiin- Euth up (her) body went to-pick fields' ke ^wai-soli', |.Po-|.sz ^faa-fii shiii- midst left-behind ears-of-corn, Boaz ^mn jau, war, ' "K'ou ^sou- jm tsor ordered the-youths, saying, 'She al- ^wo- k'wan ^chung chap^ ^ti soil", ^to though in grain sheaves midst pick-up jung "k'ou, ^m "^ho ^.sau-yukj -k'oii. some ears-of-corn, even allow her, not Wdk^ tsoi" k'wan ^chung mang good insult her. Perhaps in sheaves ch'ufcj |.ti takj-jtang shing" lokj, middle pull out some purposely leave yam'-jts'uag "k'Sii chap^, ^m ho down, let her pick-up, do not restrain hot„ -k'oii.' {or call-out-to) her.' ^Kom tsau' Lo'-takj "^hai ^t'ln-^kiin So then Ruth in field picked-up leav- chapj jWai-soii-, chik^ to ^^i--miin; ings-of the-ears-of-grain, straight to jtsong "k'oii sho chapj ke tEL-^hiu, evening; took she what picked, yokj "yau yat^ "yi-f^tj tiil'-mak^. beaten-it approximately there-was one ephah-of barley. "K'oii tsau" "k'£ii ^lai tiii yap, ^shengf She then took (it) in-order-to take into hoii : pei ^ka-^p'o kin "k'oii sho city to-go : give-to (her) mother-in- chap^ ke . * * * . law to-see she what gleaned. * * * . "K'oii ^kd- j'o man" "k'oii wA", ' ^Kam- Her mother-in-law asked her, saying. yatj (or ^kam-mat^) "nei hai ^^pin 'To-day you at what place gleaned, shii chapj-shing"-h^"-ke -soii" ^jHI ? eh ? 53. You at what place did work. "Nei hai (^pin) shii tso" ^kung ^ni ? eh ? 53. May showed-compassion-on Yiin" kwd -sut^ "nel-ke tak^ f uk^ lok^. you him obtain happiness, 32.' L6--takj tsau" ^tsong tsz'-'^kel 'hai ^pin Euth then took herself at what person's ko shii tso" ^kung, kong kwo ^kd,- place did work, told to (her) mother- jP'6 jChi, wil", '"Ngo |.kam-yatj {or in-law to-know, saying, 'I to-day at jkam-mai/j.) hai "k'oii shii tso" ^kung, his place did-do work, that man's ko jaii.Wng*t kiii ^Po-^sz.' name is-called Boaz.' m ¥§. 90 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. fs LESSON, XXVI. As I walked through the wilderness of this world, I lighted on a certain place where was a den, and I laid me down in that place to sleep ; and, as I slept, I dreamed a dream. I dreamed, and behold, I saw a man clothed with rags, standing in a certain place, with his face from his own house, a book in his hand, and a great burden upon his back; I looked, and saw him open the book, and read therein ; and, as he read, he wept, and trembled; and not been able to contain, he brake out with a lamentable cry, saying : — 'What shaU I do?' In this plight, therefore, he went home and refrained himself as long as he could, that his wife and children should not perceive his distress; but he could not be silent long, because that his trouble increased. Wherefore at length he brake his mind to his wife and children; and thus he began to talk to them : — ' ! my dear wife,' said he, 'and you the children of my bowels, I, your dear ^ ii mM ^ M « P - M A.M m ^ m "IE a pg M ifc # ^M m s A B^ mm mum mm mm mM ^ * ^» #fto LESSON, XXVI. Shai shoug" jau-^yii k'wong -"ye. "Ngo hai ko sM ^Ang, yii'-chok^ yat^ tdt^ tei"-j.fong "yau ko ^.ngAm. "Ngo tsoi ^ngiim "I6u-j.t'an fan -chok^ ; tsau" filtjj ko mnng-. Mung" kin yatj ko jan chok^ ^ti hd Mn"- ke ji-fukj, "k'ei tsol" yat^ shii , "k'oii min" poii chii" tsz'- kei-ke uk^, shau |.chii p6" jgliii, poii -tsek^jf jine ko t-M.- ^pto-fiik, ; yau" km "k'oii trf,-jl;oi po" j.8hii t'ai ; ho jking-^fong, ^lau "ng£in-l6ii" ; tsz"- kei ja kam - chi-tak^-chii", tsau" filtj, shengt, till" him , wAr : — '"Ngo jing-jkoi ti'm yong* ts6" „ni?' "K'oii jts'ing-^ying kom yong*, hau"- jloi hoii ^kwai, "min-"k'6ng kam"- cM" ; ^yan-wai" ^m song ^ts'ai ^yi kin k'ou-ke pai -ai & ; Un pai - ai tslm- tsim* ^sham ^m yan-tak^,- ehii". Kwii - t'sz jtsong ko -^ti sz'-jts'ing toii' ^ts'ai ji; t'iin yat^ ^shengt, wii" : — ' ^Yin j.ts'al A , oi tsz d , "nei kung" "ngo hai" chi ^ts'an- ke jle. jYii-jkam jan ko til" The-world (is) like a-wilderness. I at that place walk, (and) came-across one spot-of ground, (where) there-was [C] cave. I in cave inside slept; then dreamed [C] dream. (In the) dream, (I) saw one [C] man wearing some torn clothing, standing at one place, his face backed his own house, (his) hands held [C] book, (his) back carried [C] large bundle (of clothing); (I) also saw him open [C] book, looking (at it) (i.e. reading to him- self in it, not aloud) ; (he was) very frightened, (and) wept tears ; himself not restrain able, then made noise loud crying, saying : — ' I ought how fashion to-do, eh? 53.' His aspect (being) so fashion, after- wards (he) went home, compelling (himself) to-restrain (himself) ; be- cause (he did) not wish (his) wife (and) children to-see his sorrow, 2 ; but (the) distress gradually deepened, (and could) not (be) concealed able. Therefore taking those matters (or in- cedents) to (his) wife (and his) children ; sighing one sonnd (he) said : — ' My-admirable wife, 2, my- loved children, 2, you with me are rfe) ^§ si ^ 92 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. friend, am in myself undone by ^mm^^Mm^ reason of a burden that lieth hard t; MM Kn^nm upon me ; moreover, I am for certain vM M m.m d^^m^'X informed that this our city will be m mm M^mnm burned with fire from heaven; in z ^M ^ f^> mu^ which fearful overthrow, both myself, m t: ^.^ \^X^U with thee my wife, and you my ^-m^ ^M m # sweet babes, shall miserably come to ^mM^^^^^^ ruin; except (the which yet I see ^ ^ Bto# ^.^mn not) some way of escape can be found. mmM^nmm'^. whereby we may be delivered.' At ^nnmrn^^ n.is. this his relations were sore amazed; i^n^^m % ^^^^ %M pg . of sleeping, he spent it in sighs and tears. So, when the morning was m^mMi^^^m. come, they would know how he did. m.r^ i: m m Uom % He told them, worse and worse : he ±mKmf^ ^Mm. also set to talking to them again ; but mmm^\^^m.x §1 m EKADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 93 ^pau-fukj chakg • chu" "ngo, ■ "ngo yiii p4i"-^mong ^la; ^yi-.ch'e "ngo jChi-takj • shatj ni ko ^shengf, shi"-pitj pel" jt'in fo sho ^^hiu; yii'-chok, ,ai ko ,tsoi-hoi"-,chi j.shi, "ngo kung" "aei-ter ^.to yiu mitj-'^mong lok^ ; yokj ^m t^i"- tso wan ting" yat^ ^t'iii ^sMng 16", tim per tak^ ' lat^ ^ni ? Tin" ^.m' ^chi -yau kom-ke 16" "ma che^.' ^Ts'ai j.y] t'engt-^man "k'oii kom kong, tsau" ''ho ch'^ -yL", ^.king-^fong ; ^m tong "k'oii sliii\-w4" hai'-^chan, tin" kwii "k'oii hai" fatQ-j.tin che^. Ko ^shi jt'ln shikj ^tsong "mto, mong" "k'oii tso-jti fan -kin . Wik,- che ting" ^fan "k'oii ^sam ; kom tsau" kapj-ts'nkj ^ts'oii "k'oii hoii fan . Tin" "k'oii ^shengf "man ^.to ho "t'sz yatj- fan* kom, ^sam ^chung ^m ^on- lokj ; tsung ^ fan -tak^ chok^ : hai shii jChong ^tse tiin t'in , pat^ hit^ jlau "ngin-loii". To ^t'in-^kwong ^ki- ^yan ^lai ^man ^on. "K'oii wa" : — ' Tiit^ noi", yiitj kin ^m ^on-lok, ; ' yau" most nearly related, 24. Now on-ac- count-of that large bundle weighing- down me, I must be-ruined-and- perish, 21 ; moreover I know for- certain (that) this [C] city wiU- certainly by heavenly fire be-burned ; on-meeting-this [r.] calamity (at that) time, I with you also must be extinguished-and-ruined, 32 ; if (we do) not very early find certain one length-of life road, how avoid able to-escape, eh ? 53. But (I do) not know (if) there-is such a-road (or) not only, 7.' (His) wife (and) children hearing him so talk, then very wondered, (and were) afraid ; (they did) not consider his words to-be true, but thought he was crazy only, 7. (At) that time the- sky's colour (was) near night. (They) hoped (that by) him earUer sleeping perhaps settled back (again would get) his heart; so then with- all-despatch (they) hurried him to- go to-sleep. But he the-whole night also (was) very like day so ; (his) heart midst (was) .. not (at) peace ; at-all not sleep able to-complete : there (he was) long- drawn-out sighs (and) short, sighs without ceasing, shedding tears. At dawn (the) family, came to-ask (of m 94 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. they began to be hardened. They also thought to drive away his dis- temper by harsh and surly carriages to him : sometimes they would deride, Sometimes they would chide, and sometimes they would quite neglect him. Wherefore he began to retire himself to his chamber, to pray for and pity them, and also to condole big own misery ; he would also walk solitarily in the fields, sometimes reading, and sometimes praying : and thus for some days he spent his time. — ' Bunyan's Pilgrim! s Progress.^ ^ tE n ^M M ^ n iu.m M'^iii n mm m ^ ^ s& #1 Ammx- MM n m Wr BoX ^ ^ ^ g a 'k'ai tsokj-yatj ko -^ti shutQ-wil", kong kwo "k'oii-tei' t'engf. "K'oii- tei" tsnng ^m ts'oi "k'oii, yi -sz 'yi- wal' jin pei ^ts'ing-"lei toi" "k'oii, wakj- che ho-"yi ho ^fau : kora tsau" "yau ^shi ch'i-siii "k'oii, wiik^ no" -ma" "k'oii, wak^ tsuiig ^m "lei "k'oii. Sho-"yi "k'oii tsz'- kei yap, hoii jfoug ^chung : yat, tsak, pai -ai tsz"- kei tsoii" ok^ ; yafc, tsak, ho-^lin jka ^yau ^ch'i-^mai pat^ sing; t'ai "k'oii-tei" ^k'ei- t'6. Yau" "mui-"mui tukj tsz"- kei (yat, ko ) ch'utj hoii jt'iii jChung, wakj t'ai ^.shii, wak, ■k'ei- 1'6 : yat, ^liii kei yat, ^to hai" kom. his) welfare. He said : — ' Still longer still-more (I) feel not at-peace ; ' also (he) took yesterday those words (and) spoke to them to-hear. They at-all (would) not pay-attention-to {or heed) him, (the) intention (being) in-order-to not to-be courteous to him, perhaps (he) might (get) well again : so then there-were times (they) jeered-at him, or angrily scolded him, or at-all not attended-to him. Therefore he himself entered (and) went-into (his) room midst : on-one hand (he) was-sad (on- account-of) his-own sins (and) evil; on-the-other hand (he) pitied (his) family people in-darkness (and) not awakened ; (and) on-behalf-of them (he) prayed. Again every-now-and- then, only himself out went to-the- flelds midst, either to-look-at (his) book, or to-pray: in-one connected (series of) several days (he) even was (like) so. rfn). US 96 7& READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. LESSON, XXVII. But now, in this Valley of Humiliation, poor Christian was hard put to it ; for he had gone but a little way before he espied a foul fiend coming over the field to meet him : his name is Apollyon. Then did Christian begin to be afraid, and to cast in his mind whether to go back or to stand his ground. Rut he considered again that he had no armour for his back ; and therefore thought that to turn the back to him might give him the greater advantage with ease to- pierce him with his darts : therefore he resolved to venture and stand his ground ; for, thought he, had I no more in mine eye than the saving of my life, it would be the best Way to stand. So he went on, and Apollyon met him. Now the monster was hideous to be- held : he was clothed with scales, like a fish (and they are his pride) ; he had wings like a dragon, feet like a bear, and out of his belly came fire and saioke ; and his mouth was as the mouth of a lion. "When he was come up to Christian, he beheld m TLk 1^ ^ ^ ^ il # ^>tg ^ m mM ^ n ^ M g a if 1: m.^ m m m n ny,# ^ 4fe #j M ^ M n ^ ^ * Bt.# f^ m %>^ A 'It m.^ ^ A ^ ^M # 15 ^ LESSON, XXVII. jKei-takj-^t'6 tsoi" ^Kou-^im Kuk^ shii , "k'6u-ke jts'ing-^ying kik, fii, ^yan- wal" jhing "mo kei "yiin, fat^-^yin moiig"-kin ^Mo- kwai, ^ts'ung ^t'in- ~ye tsau ^lai : "k'oii-ke meng* kiu teo" A -^p6- Jun. Ko ^hi ^ei- tnkj-^fc'6 jSam jChung ho ^king- jfong ; tsz"- kei ^shong-long" w4" : — ' Tsau ^an- chiin-^t'au ho ^ yikj- wikj 'k'ei to shii , tang "k'oii ho ja ? ' Taa' song '\\&, wa" : — ' 'Xgo jts'in-pln" "yau kap^ chokg che^, hau'-pin' "mo tak^ chok^; t'ong- yokj tsau ^in chiin ^t'au piii pin" kang -yi" shau" ^hong la : tin"-hai" , song p6-j.ts'iin ^hing-meng"t, ^tong- yiii chipQ-nging" "k'ei shii , ^m fan chiin-^t'au, kom tsau" lipj-yi hong ^ts'ia yat^ 16" ^hdng hoii.' A -^p6-^lnn toii ching ("k'oii shii ) ^lai- kan. "K'oii-ke yong* tsz no jhung-oko ; ho eh'au-kwii , ling^ jan ^tsang-wu', yik, lin^ ^yan ^king-^fong : "miin ^^han ^to "yau jlun-kap^, "k'oii fan "yi wai" t'ai-min" • "yau yik^ h6 "t'sz ,lnng kom, toii kok^ Christian in Humiliation Valley place, his circumstances (were) very bitter, because walking not very far, suddenly he saw the-devil, from field-wilds, miming coming : his name was-called to-be Apollyon. That time Christian heart middle very frightened; with- himseK discussed, saying : — ' To-mn back, turning the head, good, eh ? 1, or stand at the-place, wait-for him • good, eh ? 53. Again he-thought a- bit, saying: — 'My front has armour wearing only, 7, back not obtained the-wearing ; if run back, (my) back more easily receive wound, 22 : but wishing to-protect entire (my) life, (I) must firmly stand at-the-place, not back turn head, so then (he) decided facing before by-all the-way (or one road) to walk going. Apollyon towards straight him coming (i.e. came straight on). His appear- ance (was) very fierce, very hideous, causing men to-hate (him), also caus- ing men to-be-afraid : fuU the-body also had scales, he notwithstanding considered (them) as (something) to-be-proud-of ; further (he) had wings very like dragon's such, (his) ^ rm him with a disdainful countenance, and thus began to question with him : — Apollyon. — ' Whence came you ? and whither are you bound?' Chbistian. — ' I am come from the City of Destruction, which is the place of all evil, and am going to the City of Zion.' Apollyon.— ' By this I perceive that thou art one of my subjects; for all that country is mine, and I am the prince and god of it. How is it, then, that thou hast run away from thy King ? Were it not that I hope thou mayest do me more service, I would strike thee, now, at one blow, to the ground.' Christian. — 'I was born, indeed, in your dominions, but your service was hard, and your wages such as a man could not live on, — "for the wages of sin is death," therefore, when I was come to years, I did as other considerate persons do, look out, if perhaps I might mend myself.' 5^ a * BJ ^ p>/g.^ pg # munw^ ^M ill m. "S" ^M m * fst p|E X ^ $F n ^.x m X ^ ^#^B&, ho "fc'sz ^hung-^yan kom, t'6 "loii "yan ' jin fo ch'utj Jai ; ko tsoii ho "t'sz ^sz- tsz k6m. Ko^ ^shi jhd,ng to ^.K^i-tukj-^t'o miu" ^ts'in, tatj- hei-^sh6ng-"ngSLn, w^" : — ' "Nei ^ts'ung ^pin shii ^lai ; song hoii ypln shii ^ni ? ' jKei-tukj-^t'6 wii": — ' "Ngo ^ts'uiig ^Tsong- jinong jShengt ^lai, ko shii hai" miin" ok^ tsong" -tsoii" ke tei'-^fong, jii-jkam song hoii ^Sun ^Shdn & .' jMo-'^kwai wA' : — ' ^T'engf 'nei kom 'kong, yatj ting" hai" "ngo-ke pak^-siug ; jan ko shii tei'-^fong hai" "ngo-ke , "ngo hai" ko shii ke jWong, pak^-sing ^to ^tsiin "ngo wai" Sh6ng"-tai . "Nei jan-^ho Jei-Jaoi "ngo hoii pit^^ shii ^ni? Yokj ^ta hai" song "nei tsoi" fuk^- sz" "ngo, tsau" tsik^-hak^ t&- sz "nei lokjj.' jKei-tiikj-^t'o ^f/&^ : — ' "Ngo piin- Joi hai' "nei-ke pak^-sing , tdn" fuk^- sz" "nei-ke kung-^fu ho ^nia tso", ^kung-^ts'in yau" ^m kau "yong- hau ; jan-wai" tso" "nei-ke ^kung- jfii, ^k'oii hai" tsoii" -ok^-ke sz", hau"- jloi 'Chi p6 -ying pit^-ting" hai" sz- mong ; kwu - t'sz "ngo chong-t^i", tsau" hokj ko -^ti ^.ts'ung-^ming-ke ^yan, sz pin" kom mong", mong" -yau pitj 16" ling^ "ngo tak^ yik^ lok^.' m pair of -feet hke hear's such, stomach within had smoke (and) fire issuing-out come ; the snout very Hke lion's such. That time walked-up to Christian's face before, glaring (at him he) said : — 'You from what place come; wish to-go what place, eh? 53.' Christian said: — 'I from About-to-be Destroyed City come, that is myriad evils gathering's place, now wish to-go-to Zion Hill, 2.' The Devil said: — ' Hearing you so speak, to-a certainty (you) are (one of) my people; because that place-of ground is mine, I am that place's prince, the-people also exalt me as Supreme Ruler. You why separate from-me, (and) go another place, eh ? 53. If not was wishing you again to-serve me, then immediately strike-to-death you, 32.' Christian said: — 'I originally was (one of) your people, but serving your work very hard to-do, wages further not enough to-support-life ; because doing yom* work, all is sin (and) evil's business, af terwards's recompence certainly is death ; therefore I grown- up, then copied those inteUigent people, four sides so looked, (and) saw there-was another path (which) would-cause me to-obtain profit, 32.' m m 100 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Apollyon. — 'There is no prince that will thus lightly lose his subjects, neither will I as yet lose thee : but since thou complainest of thy service and wages, be content to go back; what our country will afford, I do here promise to give thee.' \^ni^^ *.^ ^ n 'm ^ X 5^ n #,x ^ X Christian-. — 'But I have let myself to another, even to the King of Princes; and how can I, with fair- ness, go back with thee?' m m + A jp fi M 3E Apollyon. — 'Thou hast done in this according to the proverb, "changed a bad for a worse:" but it is ordinary for those that have pro- fessed themselves his servants, after a while to give him the slip, and return to me. Do thou so too, and all shall be well.' -h ^1 n MM ^ m #. © a if # s t^ pp^ E MM ^ m mM m m Christian.— ' I have given him my faith, and sworn my allegiance to him ; how, then, can I go back from this, and not be hanged as a traitor ? ' M pg n ^ ii # piE p "To PM . m ^Mo- kwai wa" : — ' Wai" ^Wong ke , tim hang pel p£lkj,-sing jt'6- tsau jjiii ? 'Xgo shi'-pit ja fong "nei hciii . yiikj hai" "nei p'a "ngo jkung-^fu ^nari tso", ^kung-^ts'In yair shlu, "nei chik^- kwiin ^t'ung "ngo jfan lioli piin kwok^^; "ngo kwokg ^.chnng aho "yau ho matj- C, ,»,.C,,, 3C,,, kin* ^to pel kwo "iiei. jKei-tuk^-^t'(') wil" : — ' "Xgu 'yi-^king jing-^shing pit, ko chii-^yan, tsik^ hal" Jliln" ^Wong-ke ^Wong lok^ ; ^yi "lei ^.lai lun", yaa" tiin ^kan tak^ "nei ^fan hoii ^ni ? ' jMo- kwai wa" : — 'Tsuk, "yii "yau kong : — " ^.P'an ^chiin "yan ynk, : " "nei kom yong* tso", hai" ^p'au yukj "yan ^chiin ^la. Tso" mat^ kom ^.yii- ch'un j,ui ? "Mui-"mui "yau ho ^to jun, tsz"- kei wa" hai" j.Kei-tukj-ke ^shan-puk^ ; kwo "mo kei noi*, fatj-j.yin |,lei-jhoi "k'oii, ^ying-kau" ^kwai hong "ngo. ,"Nei yikj chili kom tso" tsau" 'ho ^le.' jKei-tukj-^t'o wa" : — ' Xgo "yi-^king ■ jt'ung Ghii ' lap^ yok^, shai" kwo yiin", yiii tsun'-^chung ke ; ^yii- ^kam ycik, hai" poii ^yik, "k'pii, hei j.m hai" "yau ^ying-tak^ ke tsoii" .me ? ' c c no) The Devil said .- — ' Those- who-are princes, how wilh'ng to-let (their) people run away, eh ? 53. I certainly not let you go : if it-is (that) you fear ray work difficult to-do, wages further too-httle, you, well ! (it is almost impossible to render this in English) with me hack go (to your) original country ; My country midst whatever have good things ak'j give to you.' Christian said: — 'I already promised another [C'.] master, just is Myriad Princes' Prince, 32 ; according-to principle coming-to speak, again how follow able you back go, eh ? 53.' Devil said : — ' Proverb does say. — " Casting-away a-brick to-attract a- jadestone : " you so fashion do is casting-away a-jadestone to-attract a- brick, 22. Do what so stupid, eh ? 53. Always there-are very many people themselves say they-are Christ's ser- vants ; passed-over not very long, sud- denly separate-off from-him, after- the old-style, return f ace-towards me. You also according-to so do, then good, 24.' Cliristian said: — 'I already with Lord established a-covenant, sworn have an-oath, must be-entirely honest ; now if it-is-that-I-do rebel-against him, will it-not be that-I-have me- rited guilt, eh ? 39.' Apollyon. — 'Thou didst the same to me, and yet I am willing to pass by all, if now thou wilt yet turn again and go back.' Christian. — 'What I promised thee was in nonage ; and, besides, I count the Prince under whose banner now I stand, is able to absolve me ; yea, and to pardon also what I did as to my compliance with thee. And besides, thou destroying Apollyon ! to speak truth, I like his service, his wages, his servants, his government, his company and country, better than thine; and, therefore, leave off to persuade me further : I am his servant, and I will follow him.' Apollyon.—' Consider, again, when thou art in cool blood, what thou art like to meet with in the way that thou goest. The knowest that, for the most part, his servants come to an ill end, because they are transgressors against me and my ways. How many of them have been put to shameful deaths ! And, ■fe* 4 X w ^ II pjs. m ^.M ^ # # i^ ^ m *.fi -^ pg '1^ u. i^ iL n 0#»^ 4^^m m * m.n # ^ ii pise # ± >if^ Pt m m ^M -^m.m% ^UM A "IE ^E»x ^»x ^.E mM ^M f5 m %.u pg ^ ^ m.ii # ± "IE g ^» a ^ ;t ^ # tg "IE Bg-o u % ^M nm,m^ Pt M # it? ^ ^ mmM "IE mM ^^mnmn pg 'p mM i^mmn. jMo-^kwai wa" : — ' "Xei kei hai" kom "■kong, tso" matj ^kam-yatj yau" pott -yikj "ngo ^ui ? ^Soii- jin, "Dei yokj hai" '^hang ^kaii "ugo ^fan lioii , 'ngo yikj ^m kwai nei. jKei-tukj-^t\'i wa": — ' "Ngo ^.ts'iiug-^ts'ia ying-|.shing fuk^-sz" "nei, ^yaii hai" siii jShi liin* tsok^ liin* wai" che^ ; ^yii-jkam "ngo she fuk^-sz" ke , "nai hai" ^Ts'un-^nang-ke Chu ; tsung - sz "nei chap^-chii "ngo, hu' tak^ Chii pit^ "wiii kai-t'iitQ "ngo, "ngo ^ts'ung-^is'in ji "nei ^hang ok^, "ngo Chii yik^ ^nang she -"inin- ke . Hoi" j.yan-ke A -^.po-Jun a , "ngo shatj-fBoi" ^wa" "nei ^chi, "ngo kin Chii pei-kau "nei ho tak^ jto, "k'oii kwokg ^chung-ke ^k'wai- koii, jkung-^, ^kung- ts'in*, ^shan- pukj, ching -ling", "ngo ^to ^fiin- hei ; "nei ^m shai ^to kong ; "ngo hai" Chii-ke ^shan-puk^, "ngo k'iit^- yi yiu ^ts'ong "k'oii ke lok^.' Mo- Kwai wa" : — ' "Xei ^haug ^ni ^t'iii- 16", "wiii yii"-cli6kj ho ^to fd , 1 , .■} c ,, , " ,3 c .. nan" ki , "nei iong sai -^sam song "hd. chi ho. "Xei Chii-ke puk^ takj tsoii" "ngo, fan" "ngo-ke fafc^, '^ho jto ^m takj ho sz ke ; "nei ^chi-to jle. jK'ei ^chung "yau ^ti shau" pikj-hoi" ^yi- sz-ke , yik^ ^m shiii a . "Nei kwii fuk^-sz" "k'oii. Devil said: — 'You since do so speak, what thing to-day also rebel-against me, eh ? 53. Notwithstanding (which), you if-are willing foUow me back go, I also not blame you.' Christian said: — 'I formerly promised serve you because it was (that) I was in-my-young time (and) unregulated acts (and) disordered doings only, 7 ; now I whom serve, is the-Almighty Lord. If -indeed you seize me, I-think my-Lord certainly can let-free me. I formerly according-to you do evil, my-Lord also able to-forgive. Injur- ing men ApoUyon, 2, I certainly say to-you to -know, I see Lord com- pared-with you good able much, his kingdom midst's customs, work, wages, servants, official ordere, I also am-pleased-with ; you not need more to-speak ; I am Lord's servant, I am- determined must follow him, 32.' Devil said: — 'You walking this length- of road may meet very many bitter troubles, 14, you ought carefully think a-bit in-order to-be-well. Your Lord's servants obtaining guilt-against me, breaking my laws, very many not able good die; you know, 24. Them amongst there-are some-who suffer persecution to-death also not m (5^ ^. s^ 104 7&> READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. besides, thou countest his service better than mine, whereas he never came yet from the place where he is, to dpliver any that served him out of their hands : but as for me, how , many times, as all the world very well knows, have I delivered, either by power or fraud, those that have faithfully served me, from him and his, though taken by them ; and so will I deliver thee.' Christian. — ' His forbearing at present to deliver them is on purpose to try their love, whether they will cleave to him to the end : and as for the ill end thou sayest they come to, that is most glorious in their account; for, for present deliverance, they do not much expect it, for they stay for their glory, and then they shall have it, when their Prince comes in his and the glory of the angels.' ApoLLYON.— ' Thou has already been unfaithful in thy service to him ; and how dost thou think to receive wages of him ? ' Christian.—' Wherein, ApoUyon, have I been unfaithful to him 'i ' .-TB tg It ife *;i tE "IE e # 'vr> m % ^M % "^ ±. ^ fg "^ # «£ ^,1^ m # ^ ^»^^ ± pg in ^j 5^ tE g ^M mnm pg #0^ ;^ ^ pg # ^ ^lt\Pg#±''ltE# m m Mom # m b # ± "HE g m.^ # ^ 3fc ^o St; READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 105 ho kwo fuk^-sz' "Dgo ^.me ? Mei" kill "k'ou Jiii kau -kwo "k'oii-ke ^shan-pukj, fut^ Jel "ngo shau : yokj hai" "yau tsmr ^sam fuk^-sz" "ngo, pei" "n^i-ke Chii, wak^ "k'oii- ke pnkj ehukjj-chii", "ngo tsau" tsun" likj, tsun" jiiau, kan "k'oii ,fan-,lai. ,Xi-,ti hai" chung; ,yan sho chi ke ,le. "Ngo ,yii-,kam yikj hai" ^lai kau "nei a 3 , jKei-tnkj-^f.'. wa" : — ' "Ngo Chii ^m tsik^-hakj kau "k'oii ^shan-pukj, hai" yan-wai" song shi "k'oii "yau 01 Chu-ke ^sam "mo : yau" t'ai "k'oii to - tai hang ^ts'ung 'Chii ^m ,ts'ung : chi vii wa" m tak ho sz, tsoi" "k'oii-ke ^.shan-puk^ fan "yi-wai" "wing-hang" ; ^nang kau "ngda-|.ts'in-ke fii-^cin, ^m hai" Chii-ke ^shan-puky sho song mong", jtan hai" mong" yatj-hau"-ke' c ■ > "" c fukj. Chii ^shing-chii" "k'oii-ke wing^-Jcwong, kung' ko -^ti t'in-sz lok^ ^lai, Chii-ke ^shau-puk^ yik^ takj ^wing-^kwong a .' ^Mo- kwai yau" wa": — ' "Xei fuk^-sz" ni ko Chii "yi-^king ^m siin tak hai" ^chung ^sam lok^ ; chung" inong" takj "k'oii-ke shong-t'sz ^me ? ' ,Kei-tuk -t'o wa," :— ' "N go "yau ^pin yong" ^m chung ^sam ^ni ? ' re® few, 2. You think serve liim better than serving me, eh ? 39. Nofc-yet seen him come to-save his servants, to-deliver from my hands : If it-is (that you) have entire heart to-serve me, by your Lord, or his servants caught, I then to-the-extreme-of strength, to-the-extreme-of plans save (them) back come. This is all men what know, 24. I now also am come to-save you, 2.' Christian said: — 'My Lord not im- mediately save his servants, is because wish to-try them have love Lord's heart (or) not ; further to-see (whe- ther) they to-the bottom are-willing to-foUow the-Lord, (or) not to-foUow • as to saying not able (to-have-a) good death, it-is-to his servants changed to-be glory ; able to-save- from eyes before difficulties not is Lord's servants what wish hope-for, only is hope future's happiness. Lord in-his glory, with those angels, down come. Lord's servants also obtain glory, 2.' Devil further said: — 'You serve this [C] Lord already not reckon obtain have sincere heart, 32 ; still look to-obtaiii his reward, eh? 39.' Chris fiaii said: — 'I have what kind not faithful heart, eh ? 53.' 106 ¥4 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Apollyon. — 'Thou didst faint at first setting out, when thou wast almost choked in the Gulf of Despond. Thou didst attempt wrong ways to be rid of thy burden, whereas thou shouldest have stayed till thy Prince had taken it off. Thou didst sinfully sleep, and lose thy choice thing. Thou wast, also, almost jDcrsuaded to go back at the sight of the lions. And when thou talkest of thy journey, and of what thou hast heard and seen, thou art inwardly desirous of vain -glory in all that thou sayest or doest.' Christian. — ' All this is true, and much more which thou hast left out ; but the Prince whom I serve and honour is merciful, and ready to, forgive. But, besides, these infirmities possessed me in thy country, for there I sucked them in ; and I have groaned under them, being sorry for them, and have obtained pardon of my Prince.' 9^ m Mom JL # ill ^e. p. ^M m lu^ ^ ^;f K "IE Hf ^ # ;g ^ "^ m ^;. *^ M m #0 ^f^ilif <^ jMo- kwai wa" : — ' "Nui ch'i-jCli'o ^bilng ^ui ^t'iii lo", jChilng' ^ti sz tsol" ^Yaii- watj jNai ^chung, tsau" ^.sam "Ian, yi to'-lok^. Yau" "nei sho ^me ke tiii" jpilu-fiikj, jing-^koi tang Chli t'ai 'ne] ktU-fut^^, 'nei fau k'slu - _ chokjj ^m ''ho ke f;it^- tsz ^lai kiti. ^Yi- ch'c ^t'^ ^ f^ 5§ *.pg m # ;i It if5 "It ^M % t^ ^ ^ tg Pt j^ ^.pg ^jim :^jcM m Ai m 5^ m\ READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 109 Ko jShi A -^po-jlun fat^- jiii tili"-n6" That time Apollyon suddenly great hei ^lai wrf,: : — ' "Ngo tsair llai' "nei anger rise come, said : — ' I just am CM-ke jCh'au-tikj ; kik^ jtsang-wii your Lord's enemy ; extremely hate _^ "k'oii-'ke lutj-fafcjj, kik^ ^tsang-wu his laws, extremely hate his people; "k'oii-ke pAk^^-sing ; "ngo jil-jkam I now am-out come just is want to- , ch'utj Jaf, ching hai" yiu cho- chi hinder yon.' 1161. Kdi-tukj-^t'6 wi" r — ' "Xei yiu tsz-sai Christian said: — 'You must be-careful; a ; "iigo ^yii- jvam tsoi" Chii-ke tai' 2 ; I now in Lord's main road's " 16" ^.chi jCliung, tsik^ hai" shing kit^- midst, just is holy pure road ; there- ke lo" ; kwu - t'sz "nei tsz"- kei yiu fore you must be-prepared, 2.' ta tim a . Ko jShi A -jDO- Juu ^.waDg-tsit^-chii' That time Apollyon across stopped the- 16", ^m pei ^Kei-tuk^-^t'o kwo road, not let Christian pass, saying : — wa" : — ' 'iSgo p'a mat^ "yc ^iii ? ' I afraid-of what thing, eh ? 53. I "Ngo pitj yiii "nei sz tsoi" ^ni certainly want you to-die in this shii ; "ngo shai" ^hiii yiiii" lok^, yok. place ; I sworn have an-oath, 32, if fong 'nei kwo hoii , ^m ch'ing tak let you pass away, not entitled can wai" ^Yam- fii-ke ^Wong ; hai ^ni be Hades's Prince ; at this place to-a shii yat^ ting" yiu 'lo "nei ^t'iii certainly must take your [(T'.] life.' meng"*. Kom tsau" "k'ai tsau"-^piu kat^ "k'oii So then with sleeve-dart to-stab his jhungj.ts'in ; j,Kei-tuk^-j.t'6 jiing sun breast; Christian took trusting-in Chii-ke ^t'ang ^.p'ai tong diii", ho the-Lord's rattan shield, (and) warded ts'oi "mo .shan" ^shoiig. (it off), very fortunate not receive injury. jKei-t;ukj-|.t'6 kin "k'oii kom ^hung- Christian seeing him so fierce, not good ok(., ^m ho "k'ei shii tatig sz, stand at-the-place waiting-for death. tsau" ^tsjijng Shing -^Shan p6 kim then took the-Holy Spirit precious ' pat, ch'utj : A -^po-Jun tsua" lik, sword, drawing (it) out : Apollyon Jai jkung, tsau"-^piu ho "b^sz lok, with-his-whole strength come-on to- ( ,"yii_ yatj jong" ; ^Kei-tuk^-^t'o ^soii , attack, sleeve-dart very like falling m ^. ApoUyon. wounded him in his head, his hand, and foot. This made Christian give a little back ; ApoUyon, therefore, followed his work ainain, and Christian again took courage, and resisted as manfully as he could. This sore combat lasted for above half a day, even till Christian was almost quite spent ; for you must know that Christian, by reason of his wounds, must needs grow weaker and weaker. Then ApoUyon, espying his opportunity, began to gather up close to Christian, and wrestling with him, gave him a dreadful fall ; and with that. Christian's sword flew out of his hand. Then said ApoUyon : — 'I am sure of thee now ! ' And with that he had almost pressed him to death, so that Christian began to despair of life. But, as God would have it, while ApoUyon was. fetching of his last blow, thereby to make a full end of this good man, Christian nimbly reached out his hand for his sword, and caught it, saying: — 'Eejoice not against me, mine enemy : when I faU, I shall arise ! ; ' and with that gave him a deadly mmm, #o?g nkmm m i m.^ # ^ s s m ^ IBM fg m mM til :^Jo S Pg ^ ^ ^ ^M m tE # ± ^ li mM m tr ^ tg.^ # ^ # ¥• m. ' cli'iitj \\k^ tai toiig , tin" shall, kok^j, ^t'au, mill", jto "yau shau" ^sbong lok^. Kwu - t'sz jheiigt-jheng*t (Note. — This is very peculiar : when the two words occur together, the first is put down into the~K^) t'oii hau" ; A -^po-Jun yiitj-fat^ "shong-^ts'in. Kei-tuk -j.t'6 tsoi "fan hei ^tsing- ^shan, ch'utj tsun" hei -lik^, kung" "k'oii tai" chin . ^^Ni ^ch'ong fu chin tsukj 'yau pun yat^, Jvei-tuk^-^t'o- ke hei -lik^ ^chang ^.ti ^to "mo siii lok^ ; ^yan-wai" shau" ^shong, to ^.ni ko ^shi-hau", tsz"- jin "yiin-yok^ lok^,. A -jpo-Jun ch'an ^ni ko shai - tsz, tsau", "shong-^ts'iu "lam chii" "k'oii, ung "k'oii lok^ tei" ; kd ^shi JCei- tuk^-^t'6 patj-kokjj tit^^-^hiu pa kim . A'-jPO- Juu wa" : — ' jYii-jkam "nei ^t'iu meng'* chuug" ^m sz tsoi" 'ngo 'shau ? ' Tsau" tsun" lik^ dtQ-chii" "k'oii, |.Kei-tukj-j.t'6 kom tsau" ^m mong- takj ^shiing lok^. ^Shoii-^chi "k'oii takj Shoe g" -tai jan- tin, shikj-chikj A -^po-^lun tai" hei chek^ 'shau, song ta sz "k'oii, ^Kei-tukj- j.t'6 jShan shau yat^ mo, mo chok^ tsz"- kei pa kim , tsau' kat^ A - jpo-jlun, "k'oii tdi" ^shengt y^"^' ■— '^Ch'an-tik^,"nei"mai kom ^.fun- hei, of -rain one same ; Christian although exerting (his) strength to- ward-off, but hands, feet, head, face even have receive wounds, 32. Therefore light- ly retire back ; Apollyon still-more advanced. Christian agaiu roused-up (his) energy, (and) exerted all (his) vigour together-with him (had) a- great battle. This [C] bitter fight fully had half a-day. Christian's vigour wanted-but a-little-of even (being) none at-all, 32 ; because (he) bad-received wounds arrived-at this [C] time, consequently weak, 32. Apollyon availed (liimself)-of this [<7.] opportunity, then ^ (stepped) up- for- ward, (and) putting-his-arms-round him, .pushed him down-to the-gronnd ; at-that time Christian inadvertently let-fall [C] sword. Apollyon said: — 'Now your [C] life still not die in my hands ? ' Then (he) expended-all (his) strength (and) pressed him. Christian (being) so then not hope to-be-able to-live, 32. Nevertheless he obtaining God's fav- our, just-then Apollyon lifted up [C] hand, wishing to-strike to-death him. Christian stretched-out (his) hand with-one feel, by-feeling got-hold-of bis-own [C] sword, then stabbed Apollyon, he great sound said : — 112 m READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. thrust, which made him give back, as one that had received his mortal wound. Christiaa perceiving that, made at him again, saying : — ' Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors tlut)ugh Him that loved us.' And with that ApoUyon spread forth his dragon's wings, and sped him away, that Christian for a season saw him no more. — ' Pilgrim'' s Progress.'' ^m^ #].s pt j^ ^ "Mi m\ Tref "S^n LESSON, XXVIIJ. But there ivere three of those that came from the land of Doubting, who after they had wandered and ranged the country awhile, and per- ceived that they had escaped, were so hardy as to thrust themselves, knowing that yet there were in the town some who took part with Diabolus — 1 say, they were so hardy as to thrust themselves into Mansoul. (Three, did I say ? I think there were four). Now to whose house should these Doubters go, but to the house of an old Diabolonian in Mansoul, whose name was Evil-Questioning; a very great enemy he was to Man- soul, and a great doer among Dia- bolonians there. Well, to this Evil- PM 4* t^ lij ti ^ A A S n.- s m m m m m ^ m 1S» A ^ M i^ "lEo IE m,m Rmm m.i^ m A mM m^^mm # e/goK A # m.m # ^M %^ "IE 0t»^ - m mM # ^ n ^ Hg i HWk-! ^^ St "ngo jSoii tit^- to, chung" ho-"yi hei- takj-jShan-ke . A -jpo-^lun s^ -^hoi shall, ho "t'sz ahau" "ch'ung ^shong kom. ^Kei-tukj-jt'6 ch'an ^ni ko shai - tsz, tsoi "shong-^ts'in ^choii -k'oii, wil" : — ' T'oko-Ui" oi "ngo-ke Chii ling- "ngo ti- jengt A . A - jpo-jun tsau" chin ^hoi toil yik^, kapj-kapj ^fei hoii . 'Enemy, you don't-be so pleased, I although fall, still may rise.' ApoU- yon threw-out (his) hands very like (he) had-received serious wound so. Christian embracing this [C] oppor- tunity, again advancing pursued him, saying : — ' Relying-upon loving me Lord (who has) caused me to-get-the- victory, 2.' ApoUyon then spreading open (his) pair-of wings, quickly flew away. LESSON, XXVIII. Kwo' jhiii 'kei ko yiit,, ^Mo-^Wong "yau sz ko chi -td,i" tilm ke ^Yi- jping, tsing" ^chung wan- to ^kei- wul- yapj ^Yan-Jing-jShengt, yat^ chikj ^lai-to ^Ts'e-pin' uk^- k'ei ; ^yan ^Ts'e-pin" hai" ^Mo-^Wong-ke "16 pukj-yikj, t£ii" 'yau ^wai-shai - ke . j.Ts'e-pin" ^tong-^shi ch'ut^ hoii jing-tsipQ -k'oii-tel" ; ji- ch'e ^kung- ying jt'im. Chii---ha "mo noi,* Ts'e-pin" tsau" man" "k'oii sz ^yan W&-: — '"Nei-tel" hai" ^t'ung-^mdi yat^ ko jShengf tei"-jfong ^lai-ke ^.m hai" ^ni ? ' Sz jan tiip^ wir :— ' ^M hai- ^', jt'ung 'sh£Lng-ke che^.' "Yau yat ko w^" : — ' "Ngo hai" jSz- ji jTs'iin-jUang ^Wong shii Jai keV Yau- yat ko wii":— '"Ngo m (After) passed (were) several [C] months, Devil-Prince had four [C] greatest courage Doubter-soldiers, secretly found opportunity to-enter Mansoul City, one straight came-to Evil-Ques- tioning house ; because Evil-Question- ing was Devil-Prince's old servant, (he was) great (in) having authority (or power). Evil-Questioning at-that time out went to-greet them ; more- over succoured also. (They had) lived (there) not long, (when) Evil- Questioning then asked them (the) four men, saying: — 'You are with together one [C] city's place come' (or) not is, eh ? 53.' Four men an- swering, said : — ' (We) not are 2, (we are) same province only, 7.' There- fa '■is .m- 114 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. m Questioning's house, as was said, did these Diabolonians come; (you may be sure that they had directions how to find the way thither) ; so he made them welcome, pitied their misfor- tune and succoured them with the best that he had in his house. — Now after a little acquaintance, (and it was not long before they had that), this old Evil- Questioning asked the Doubters if they were all of a town ; he knew that they were all of one kingdom. And they answered, 'No, nor of one shire neither ; for I,' said one, ' am an Election-doubter ; ' ' I ' said another, 'am a Vocation-doub- ter;' then said the third, 'I am a Salvation-doubter ; ' and the fourth said he was a G-race-doubter. — ' Well,' quoth the old gentlemen, ' be of what shire you will, I am persuaded that you are down, boys ; you have the very length of my foot, are one with my heart, and shall be welcome to me.' So they thanked him, and were glad that they had found themselves an harbour in Mansoul. Then said Evil-Questioning to them : — ' How many of your company might there be that came with you to the siege of Mansoul ? And they answered : — 'There were but ten thousand m x-M mM # m M # ife m It "it.x - m ^M # .© li ^ n ^ mo^ m mM m j^jf tti mM mAmmmm. A mm m.^ m- n f^ n Pt ^ffl li.pg n ± mM^mAyiimm. Mom^Wi^mAm ■ims ' C/- hai" jSz-^yi Kau - Chii shii ^lai ke ; ' yau" yatj ko vi&- : — ' "Ngo hai" Jiz- ji Takj-kau shii ^lai ke ; ' yau" yat^ ko wii" : — ' "Ngo hai" ^Sz-^yi Ts'z - ^yan shii ke .' ^Ts'e-pin" wii" : — '"Nei-tei" sho ch'ut^ ke tei'-^fong, jSoii hai" "yau pit^, tsla" p'o kung" "ngo jt'ung jSam; "ngo ^chan hai" jfun- hei "nei-tei" hai ^ni shii chii" lo .' Ko sz ^yan tsau" kom-tse" "k'oii, wi" : — ' "Ngo-tei" shap^-^fan jfiin- hei hai ^ni ko ^shengt, kom ho tei'-jfong chii" i. .' ^Ts'e-pin" man", w£L" : — ' ^Sin-^shi "yau kei ^to j.yan ^t'ung "nei-tei" ^lai ta ^Tan- jling-jShengt >?' Tiip„ wd" :— 'Yatj miin" ^Sz-^yi ^ping, yat^ min" "ng jts'in jLau-hiit^ ^ping; tin" ''ho sikj ko -jti ^Lau-hiit^ jing, ^k'oii pei" •j,Yi-"m£l-noi'-lei" chuk^ ^ts'ing lok^.' jTs'e-pin" wd" : — ' Yat^ min" jYi jping hai" ho ^to ^a. Tim kd,i "nei-tei" kom sai tarn, ^m kom "shong-^ts'in ^kung- 1& ^ch'au-tik^ ^ni ? ' Tipo-wd," : — ' jYan-wai" "ngo- tei" Tai"-jyiin-sh6ii chi ^sin ^t'6- tsau ■A .' jTs'e-pin" man", wii" : — ' Ko- ko no"-y6kj ^Yiin-shoii hai" mat^- "shoii* ^ni?' T% wa":— 'Tsau" hai" Patj-sun lo . "K'oii ^ts'ung- jts'in ts6--kwo ^Yan-Jing-^shengt Fii-"wan-ke . "Nei ^m ho wd" was one [C] said : — ' I am (a) Doubter (of the) Aknighty Prince place come ; ' again one [C] said : — ' I am Doubter (of) Saviour place come ; ' again one [C] said : — ' I am Doubter (of) Salvation place come;' again one [C] said : — ' I am Doubter (of) Giving Grace place come.' Evil- Questioning said : — ' You what out- come place, although there-is having diiference, but considerable together- with me united heart. I really am delighted (for) you (to be) at this place to-live, 31. Those four men then thanked him, saying: — 'We (are) ten parts pleased in this [C] city, such (a) good place to-hve, 2.' Evil-Questioning asked, saying: — 'Formerly were how many men with you came to-assault Man- soul City, eh ? 53.' (They) answer- ing, said: — 'One myriad Doubter- soldiers, one myriad five thousand Flow-Blood soldiers ; but alas those Flow-Blood soldiers all by Emmanuel were-taken completely, 32.' Evil- Questioning, said : — ' Ten-thousand Doubter-soldiers are very many, 1. How (is it to be) explained you (had) so small courage (and did) not dare to-go-forward to-fight (your) enemies, eh? 53.' (They) anwering, said: — St: 116 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. Doubters in all, for the rest nmm^MM^M of the army consisted of fifteen thousand Bloodmen. These Blood- men,' quoth they, 'border upon our country, but, poor men, as we hear, m^cMiimMie'^ they were every one taken by Em- manuel's forces.' ' Ten thousand ! ' quoth the old gentlemen, 'I'll promise you that is a round com- m^^mMmm^ pany. But how came it to pass, since you were so mighty a MMo number, that you fainted, and durst not fight your foes?' 'Our general,' said they, ' was the first man that did run for it.' 'Pray,' quoth their landlord, 'who was that your cowardly general ? ' 'He was once the Lord-Mayor of Mansoul,' said they. 'But pray call him not a cowardly general, for whether any from the east to the west had done more service for our Prince Diabolus, than has my Lord Incredulity, will be a hard question for you to answer. But had they catched him, they would for certain have hanged him, and we promise you hanging is but a bad business.' S ■ m READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 117 ■k'oii no--yokj -i ; jan-wal" tsz" 'Because onr generalissimo at-the- jtung chi jSai, tsz" ^niini chl pak^, very first ran away, 2.' Evil-Ques- jto "mo yatj ko jan hok, tak^ ^&a. tioning asked, saying: — 'That [C] "k'oii kom ^chung-^sam shun"-fukj cowardly general was who, eh ? 53.' ^M6-^Wong kd'. 'T'ong-yokj "k'Sii (They) answering, said:— '(It) just pei" "Yi-"mJl-noi"-Mi" chukg-cM", was Unbelief, 31. He formerly was shi"-pltj till sz "k'oii lok^^ k6m [Note. — The meaning of this -j^ yong* tsau-jSMng chung" ho kwo ts6- might perhaps be better rendered per tiu sz ^le. by " acted as," but without any sense of an acting appointment in it]. \ Mansoul's Civil-Governor.' [Note. — Williams in his Tonic Dictionary gives this term ^ ^ fu-"wan as Mayor of Peking, but as is well known there is no such office as that corresponding to Mayor amongst Western people: this rendering in Williams is therefore only a adap- tive one. Mayers gives it in his "Chinese Government" in one case as Governor of (the Imperial Pre- fecture of) lip % )^ Shwr-^hi % and in the other case where it is used as "Civil Governor" in one of the Manchuriau provinces. It is perhaps the best and only term which could be used in this connection, and, at all events, conveys the idea of Mayor as well as such an idea can be conveyed to a Chinese mind, ignorant of Western ideas]. You (must) not (i.e. not good) say he (was) weak, 2 ; m ^ Then said the old gentleman : — ' I would that all the ten thousand Doubters were now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head of them, I would see what I could do.' ' Ay,' said they, 'that would be well if we could see that; but wishes, alas! what are they ? ' And these words were spoken aloud. 'Well,' said old Evil-Questioning, 'take heed that you talk not too loud, you must be squat and close, and must take care of youiselves while you are here, or I'll assure you, you will be snap- ped.' 'Why?' quoth the Doubters. 'Why?' quoth the old gentlemen! 'Why, because both the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their captains and soldiers, are all at present in town; yea, the town is as full of them as ever it can hold. And besides, there is one whose name is Willbewill, a most cruel enemy of ours, and him the Prince has ^ rm m.1S. i^^im^^ MM ^ -fe. ^ fMM m m ^ ® te ^ A ^ ^j f5t It m "^ Mom m^Am m "IE ^ m m.^ m m mm-M A.;g B4 ± M ^M # ^ H S A ffi ^ SK P^.X B^' Pi* IE jTs'e-pin- wii' : — ' 'Ngo yok^ t'ung-t^i "^ko yatj miin- ^Yi-jping, jYan-<.]ing- jShengt shi"-pitj pei" "ngo mitj-tsiitj lo' 3 , Tap^ wA" : — ' "K'oii-tel" yok^ hai" chung" hai shii tsau' bo Jil; tiirf ■nei jii-jkam ^hung song, hai" -yau matj yik^ ^ni ? ' Kong to ni koii shutg-wd" hai' ho td,!' ^shengf. j.Ts'e-pin" wii" : — ' ^Wai, mai kom tai' ^shengf kong ^U, hung p'ii "yau ^yan ^cM-to "nei- tei" 'hai ^ni shii , "nei-tei" tsau" ^it tak tim" ke la ; ko ^shi "yau ^yan jlai chukg "nei-tei" A .' Tiip^ wil" : — 'jYan matj jiin-kwd „ni?' ^Ts'e- pin" wd" : — '"Nei-tei" ^m ^chi^me? Yan-wai" "Yi-"md,-noi"-lei" ke P6- wai--jSZ, kun^ Wng-^kwan ^ping- sz", ^to chii^ "miin ^shengf "loii a . Kang' -yau yat^ ko jan, meng*t kid' 'Cbi^-yi ke , "k'oii hai" "ngo- fc6i" chi -t£li" toil -^t'au. "Yi-"md- noi'-lei" ming- "k'oii pd- shau jShengt jinun; yau" j.fan-tt "k'oii because from east to west, from south to north, also not one [C] man imitate ' able again him so honestly submissive-to Devil-Prince, 14. If he by Emmanuel caught certainly hanged to-death, 32. So fashion (he) ran-for-his-life still tet- ter than by hanging to-death, 24.' Evil-Questioning said : — ' I, if command- lead that one myriad Doubter-soldiers, Mansoul certainly by me utterly-des- troyed {or exterminated), 3,1.' (They) answering said : — ' They if were still at (this) place good, 21 ; but you now emply wish (i.e. a fruitless wish) it-is having what profit, eh ? 5?.' (They) speaking (when it) arrived (at) this sentence of words was (with a) very loud sound. Evil-Questioning, said :— ' Hullo ! Don't (with) so loud (a) sound speak, 21, fear afraid have man know you at this place, you then not be-able to-be-straight (i.e. it will be bad for you), 22 ; at-that time have man come catch you, 2.' (They) answering, said : — ' On-ac- count-of what reason, eh ? 53.' Evil- Questioning said:— 'You not know, eh? 53. Because Emmanuel's (the) Comforter, together-with captains (and) soldiers even live (so as to make) full (the) city inside, 2. made Keeper of the Gates, and has commanded him, that with all the Diligence he can, be should look for, search out, and destroy all, and all manner of Diabolonians. And if he hghted upon you, down you go, though your heads were made of gold.' And now to see how it happened ; one of the Lord Willbe- will's faithful soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence, stood all this while listening under old Evil-Ques- tioning's eaves, and heard all the talk that had been betwixt him and the Doubters that he entertained under his roof. The soldier was a man that my Lord had much confidence in, and that he loved dearly, and that both because he was a man of courage, and also a man that was unwearied in seeking after Diabolonians to apprehend them. Now this man, as I told you, heard all the talk that was between old Evil-Questioning and these Diabo- lonians ; wherefore what does he but goes to his Lord, and tells him what he had heard. — 'And sayest thou so, my trusty?' quoth my Lord. 'Ay,' quoth Diligence, 'that I do, and if your Lordship will be pleased to go with me, you shall find it as I have 5^ 3s ^ ift ^ ^ H#»i M -^ ^ M & 'C^ m ^.^ t4 m #.i^ m mM # m m. ^ ^ l^ ^ =&M i$i^ M. tsun" likj sau-^ts'am "ngo-tei" Wii- mlfcj, T'ong pdi" "k'oii chuko-chu- -nei-tei", yam" "nei ^fau-hok^ ^ho "t'sz jkam kom ^.kin-kwu , ■k'oii ^to yiu chiim k^ .' Kong- kan sMt^-wii- ^chi ^shi, "^Chii- yi "yau ko ^chung-|.sam ch'ili-yikj, meng*t kiii ^Yan-^k'an, ^ngam- ^ng£im hal ^mun ^ts'in ^.king-kwo , chak^ "yi ^t'engf sal "k'oii-tei' sho kong. ^M ko ^Tan-|.k'an wai" ^yan kikj ho tam-long-, Chii-yi shapj- ^fan chung'-yung' "k'oii, shong"- , shong* ming" "k'oii yat^ ye" ^.p'tin- ^ch'a jShengf ^chung ^k^n-sai . ^Yii- jkam "k'oii ^t'engf s^i ^ni ko ok^ ^yan "yi-lnn" ; "k'oii tsik^-hak hoii p6 kwo Chii-yi ^chi. Chii-yi td,pQ wir : — ' Hai" ^chan ke ^me ? ' Yan- ^k'an wii" : — 'Chan hai" ke & . "Nei yokj jt'ungt "ngo hoii , t;sau" pit^ kin m Besides have one [C] man, name called Will-be-will, he is our greatest enemy. Emmanuel command him guard city gates; again direct him exert strength, search-for us (and) exterminate (us). If by him caught you, let your head very like gold so strong, he also want chop, 14.' Speaking words' time Will-be-will have [C] faithful lictor, name called Dili- gence, just-exactly at door before pass, inclined (his) ear, heard aU they what talk. This [C] Diligence as (a) man (was of) very good courage, Will-be- will fully reposed-confidence (in) him, constantly commanded him day (and) night investigate city interior bad- charaters. Now he head all this [<7.] wicked man deliberate ; he im- mediately went reported to Will-be- will to-know. Will-be-will answering, said: — 'Is true, eH ? 39.' Diligence said : — ' True is, 2. You if with me go, then must see them, 32.' Will- St: si % 122 EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. said.' 'And are they there?' quoth 1H H i#o± m if.PJS ^ my Lord : ' I know Evil-Questioning %m^%^mMm well, for he and I were great in the time of our apostacy. But I ^^^^%m%M know not now where he dwells.' — ^^-|H) Pg^1g^ 'But I do,' said this man; and if ^n-^m^wtm m.^ your Lordship will go, I will lead ^ # tE Ml M; nr.# ^ you the way to his den.' 'Go,' ^%^mMK^m quoth my Lord, 'that I will. Come, mn^-m^ n.^. ^ my Diligence, let us go find them out.' — So my Lord and his man went together the direct way to his PI ^^ rf iP ^ fg n ® m mom. m m.m m ^u house. Now his man went before m^Mmn\n\^%. to show him his way, and they ±MmMm^Mi^ went till they came even under old \^M.nm^ m.n m Mr. Evil-Questioning's wall. Then mm:tmn^M^ said Diligence : — ' Hark ! my Lord, ^h >\\^ ^ MA'^ fS Pt M do you know the old gentlemen's tongue when you hear it?' 'Yes' said my Lord, ' I know it well, but I i:.a ;i >if^ ^h >^\m A have not seen him many a day. mmm^Mm^M.?^, This I know, he is cunning ; I wish A**Etttg=/r^A. he doth not give us the slip.' 'Let :^ tg E A ^.^ ^M m me alone for that,' said his servant. A m ^om n mM m ' Dihgence.— 'But how shall we find f^^^Mmmz,m, the door?' quoth my Lord. 'Let me alone for that too,' said his man. mnm%.^^m^ So he had my Lord Willbewill about, ^nm^^\^i^m and showed hun the way to the door. MMmunMm ^. Then my Lord, without more ado, mnm^mm m."^ b# broke open the door, rushed into mmhmm-^^.-^ the house, and caught them all five %m§^^mm^m. f^ ^ ko jTs'e-pin" chung" hai shii ^me? jTs-'ung-^ts'in "ngo kung" "k'oii tso^- kwo jp'ang-"yau ; t^n" jyu-|.kam yat^- hong jin jChi "k'oii lok^ tsoi' ^ho jfong lo .' jYan-jk'an wii" : — ' "Ngo jChi-takj "k'ou kok^-tsikj ^&; tang "ngo td,i "nei hoii Jd..' "Long ^yan jii-^shi jlai to ^Ts'e-pin" ke uk^, "k'ei tsoi" jiniin ngoi", tsing"- tsing* ^t'engt "k'oii "loii-min" kong-wil". ^Tan- jk'an w&- : — ' ^Ts'e-pin"-ke ^shengf- j,yam, "nei ying" fcak^ ch'utj ^m ^ni ? ' 'Chii-yi Wii" : — 'Ying"-takj lok^j, tuk^ hai" ^m kin "k'oii kei ^nin che^. "K'oii Bhiit^-wd" kik^ ^chi kdu-wdt^ ke ; "nei yiii siii-jSam chi ho, p'd, "k'oii "wdi ^t'o-pei" & .' ^Yan-^k'an wd" : — ' jM shai ^yau-loii", "ngo shi'- pitj siu-jSam.' "Long ^yan tsik^-^shi chong" p'o jTs'e-pin" ke ^mun, yap, hoii , chukg-chii" "k'oii "ng ko ^yan, j£Li "k'oii k'wan yap, ^kam, ^kdu kwo jShengt^yan ^hon-'shau. T6 tai-^chiui, jMing-chito man' ^chi 'Chii-yi sho tso" jChi sz", tsau" ho ^fiin- hei ; ^m hai-^yan-wai" chukg- to ^Yi-^ping "yan k6m' t^- jfun-'h6i, shaj;, ^yan chuk^- %6 jTs'e-pin- ^ ; ^yan-wai" ^ni ko jTs'e-pin- shong'-jShi kAu-"yiii ^Yan- jling-jShengt pAko-sing . Yik, hai" ' 'ho ^to t'sz' hiim'-hoi- jMing-chit;,. he-will, said:— 'This [C] Evil- Questioning still at place, eh ? 39. Formerly I with him was friend; but now ail-along not know he des- cend in what place, 31.' Diligence said : — ' I know his haunts {lit. foot- prints), 1 ; wait I take you go, 21.' Two men hereupon came to Evil- Questioning's house, standing at door outside, quietly heard him inside, talk- ing words. Diligence said : — ' Evil- Questioning's voice, you recognise can out not, eh? 53.' Will-be-will, said : — ' Eecognise can, 32, only it-is not seen him several years only, 7. His words extremely crafty ; you need (to-be) careful in-order-to be-well (for) fear he be-able to-escape, 2 .' Diligence said : — ' (You) not need bfe-anxious, I will-certainly (be) careful.' Two men immediately smashed (i.e. rushed against and broke) open Evil-Ques- tioning's door, in went, caught them five [C] men, drew them (away) con- fined within gaol,- handed-over to city men to- watch. Arrived next morn- ing Understanding heard knew Will- be-will what done matter, then very pleased; not is on-account-of catch- ing Doubter-soldiers have so great pleasure, really because caught Evil- Questioning, 2; because this [C] 124 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. together, even as Diligence, Ms man, had told him. So my Lord appre- hended them, and led them away, and committed them to the hand of Mr. True-man, the gaoler, and commanded, and he did put them in ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was acquainted in the morning with what my Lord Willbewill had done over night, and his Lordship rejoiced much at the news, not only because there were Doubters apprehended, but because that old Evil-Questoning was taken; for he had been a very great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord Mayor himself. He had also been sought for often, but no hand could 'ever be laid upon him till now. Well, the next thing was to make pre- paration to try these five that by my Lord had been apprehended, and that were in the hands of Mr. True-man, the gaoler. So the day was set, and the Court called and come together; and being seated, the prisoners were brought to the bar. — My Lord Willbewill had power to have slain them when at first he took them, and that without any more ado, but he thought it at this ± ^ * M If ^M ^ >i ^ ^ - 1i MM mnmf^m mm a B# #r ^ IB i 10 KM ^ m m ^o^ ^un Chii-yi kung" pun-^shengt p^k;,- sing wan -k'Su ho noi^ ^to ja wan takj chokg ; jii-^kam chuk^- to ■k'oii ,chan hai" ho ts'ol lok.. ^Yii-jShi. tmg--jhiu yat^ ko yatj-^k'ei, 'sham-p'un ^ni "ng ko jan. To ^k'ei ko' yatj, ^shengt ^chung chong- "16 Jai to On -ch'iito-^sz ^ng^- '^mdn* ts6u--ts^Pj, ^Shengj- jan tsau" Ui -ng ko f^n--jan to ^kung- on Chii-yi ^piin-Joi "yau ^k'iin Upj-jShi jtengt-'sz "k'ou "ng ko jan, tin- song king-kdi chung ^ch'an-tikj, Vi '^'°^ ^chi-to ^king- jfong ; kwd - t'sz Jal "k'oii-tei" hoii 'sham. jShan-jk'am '^ch6ng--16, jing- Evil-Questioning constantly embroiled this-city's people, also is very many times insnared Understanding. Will- be-will with (the) city people, search- for him very long also not find able completed ; now caught him really is very fortunate, 32. Here-upon fixed one [C] date to-try these five [C] men. Arrived-at date that day city's midst elders came to Chief Justice's Court met, City men then pulled-in five [C] prisoners (criminals) to Judge's-bench. Will-be- will really-and-truly had (the) power immediately nail to-death those five [C] men, but wished to-warn all (the) enemies, let them know be- frightened ; therefore brought them away to-trial. Gentry elders again ^1 W<3 126 KEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. time more for the honour of the mw^mm-\'r.^ Prince, the comfort of Mansoul, and the discouragement of the enemy, to ^ ^ ^ bring them forth to public judgment. But, I say, Mr. True-man brought them in chains to the bar, to the town-hall for that was the place of judgment. So to be short, the jury was panelled, the witnesses sworn, and prisoners tried for their lives; the jury was the same. * * * _ And first, old Questioning himself was mmm^f^mmmm set to the bar; for he was the receiver, the entertainer and com- forter of these Doubters, that by nation were outlandish men; then a B.tT ih m P5 tg m\ he was bid to hearken to his charge, and was told that he had liberty to object, if he had ought to say for himself. So his indictment was read ; m^B^pimM^m the manner and form here follows : — 'Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name of Evil-Ques- Ammm^Mmm tioning, an intruder upon the town ^i^m^h^m mM of Mansoul, for that thou art a Diabolonian by nature, and also a hater of the Prince Emmanuel, and one that hast studied the ruin of the m m.r. MM mm- town of Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for countenancing the King's enemies, after wholesome laws made to the contrary : For, (1), Thou hast % ^ ^yin kiln jts'ung-^ts'in ko sliap^- yi" wai* ^kung-yi" ^yan tso" jt'ung ^~1 1 ' „ sUc A ill sham-jkwun * jMing-ch'itj- fcsau" sin kiu ^Ts'e-pin" jhoi Jai sham ; yan "k'oii hai" tso" jWO-jka, |.\vo-jts'ong ko sz ko ^Yi- jping hai tsz"- kei uk^ ; ^Hdng-ching tsau" man" "k'oii, w&- : — ^Ts'e-pin" si , C 1 , 3 c ,, Tj c ,, , ,5 "yau ^yan ko "nei, wa" "uei hai" j,Mo-jWong t}ong-"yii, kik^ ^tsang-wu "Yi-"mii-noi"-lei", sh6ng"-jShi hai jYan-Jing-jShengt ^mau- fan, song k'ing-fuk "mun ^.shengf pikQ-sing . Yan" Wii" "nei 6m ^chung ^wo-^ts'ong ngoi" Joi fcs'iikjj-jfei, tsik^ hai" ko sz ko ^Yi-jping: yat^ tsak^, "nei ^p'ing-so' ^sz-ji ^Yan-^hng-^shengt jChan "lei ; yi" tsak^, "nei song tsipo yatj man" ^Yi-^ping yap, jShengf. "Nei kom yong* ^hing- " ,3 c , ....3 c , . , , wai" "yau tsou mo_ ^ni r selected formerly those twelve right- eous men to be jurors. * * * _ Undei-standing just first called Evil- Questioning out in-order-to try ; he- cause he was being harbourer-of-bad- characters, and secreted those four [f '.] Doubter-soldiers in his-own house; Do-right then asked him, saying : — 'Evil-Questioning, 2, have man pro- secute you, saying, you are Devil- Prince adherent, extremely hate Em- manuel, constantly in Mansoul plot- ting, wishing to-overthrow (the) whole city's people. Further any you dark midst harbour (from the) outside (those that) come (as) thieves, jiist is those four [C] Doubter-soldiers : in- the-first place, (you) formerly doubted Mansoul's true doctrine ; in-the- second place, you wished to-receive a myriad Doubter-soldiers into (the) city. You so fashion conduct (your- self) have guilt not, eh ? 53.' rm questioned the truth of her doctrine and state; (2), In wishing that ten thousand Doubters were in her; 3. In receiving, in entertaining, and en- courging of her enemies, that came from their army unto thee. What sayest thou to this indictment ; art thou guilty, or not guilty ? ' 'My Lord,' quoth he, 'I know not the meaning of this indictment, foras- much as I am not the man con- cerned in it; the man that standeth by this charge, accused before this bench, is called by the man of Evil- Questioning, which name I deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquir- ing. The one indeed sounds like the other ; but I trow your Lordship knows, that between these two there is a wide difference ; for I hope that a man,' even in the worst of times, and that too amongst the worst of men, may make an honest inquiry after things without running the danger of death.' Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for he was one of the witness : — ' My Lord, and you the honourable bench, and magistrates of the town of Mansoul, you all have heard with your ears, that the prisoner at the bar has denied his name ; and so ^m^ ^.^ pg ^ e ^ m ^ mM p^ -fe n pjs. M n \^M Jim 9-^ mmm. ^m mmm ^ ^ ^ A UM m m n m mM ^ e ^ ^ EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 129 jTs'e-pin" tap^ wa" : — ' 'Ngo ^m ^ming- pilk^ "nei *'kong mafcj "ye. "Nei man' mat^ shoii* ^tii ? "Ngo nieng*t ^m hai" kiii ^Ts'e-pin", hai" kiu jMing-ch'dtg che^. Yi -sz ttii" pat^ jS6ngj.-t'ung Je. T&u--^&n sham-sz" "yiii ^.chan shat^ chi ho, ts'ifc^ mat^ ^wu-^t'o Kill* tso" \& . Song ^kwai ^chan ke ^yan, yiu pel" ^ai hoii shau" sz ^me?' Chii-yi tsau" toii ^Ming-ch'itg kung" shapj-yi" wai* ^kung-yi"- yan, wa,': — "Nei-tei" ^t'engf-man" ^ni ko ok^ ^yan tsz"- kei koi meng* ^.le, w^", ni kin on ^m ^kwiin "k'oii sz" wo ; t&or 'ngo "yi-jking shik^ "k'oii ^silm- shapj ^nin kom noi' ; ^chi shat^ Evil-Questioning answering, said : — ' I not understand you speak what thing. You asking what person, eh ? 53. My name not is called Evil-Ques- tioning, is called Honest-Inquiring only, 7. Meaning great not agree, 24. Whosoever tries-matters must- truly really (try) in-order-to-be good, urgently not muddled confused do, 14. (He who) wishes to-be (a) true man, must be dragged away receive death, eh ? 39.' Will-be-will then to Understanding to- gether-with the twelve [C] jurors said : — ' You hear this [C] wicked man himself alters name, 24, saying, this [C] case not concern his business so-he-says, 64 ; but I already known him thirty years so long, know cer- fTe) si ^ii' m m m To« h# that tyrant, had the government of mr^mmm^.im^ Mansoul ; and I testify that he is a Diaboloniau by nature, an enemy to our Prince, and hater of the m n m pg ^ ie ^ i^. blessed town of Mansoul. He has H# jg ^^m^m^ in times of rebellion, been at and lain in my house, my Lord, not so ^0 little as twenty nights together ; and we did use to talk then (for the substance of talk) as he, and his Doubters have talked of late; true. I have not seen him many a day. I suppose that the coming of Em- manuel to Mansoul, has made him to change his lodgings as this indict- ment has driven him to change his name; but this is the man, my Lord.' Then said the Court unto him :— ' Hast niEmm^m m.i^^ m thou any more to say ? ' ^^mmmm^jio 'Yes,' quoth the old gentlemen, 'that I have ; for all that as yet has been said against me, is but by the mouth ^ m ^M ^ p§ ^ M % ^^ "k'oii meng* kiii ^Ts*e-piir.' ^Ts'ung- jts'iii |.Mo-^wong koil -chim ^shengt "loii |.chi ^shl, "ngo jt'ung "k'oii jBong-J^au kikj "liau. "K'oii sing - jts'ing clii ^tsang-wu "Yi-"mil-iioi'- lei", kung" ^Yan-^ling-^slicugt ptik^,- sing , kik^ ^chi yib^ ^sam shun'-fuk^ j.Mo-^"\Vong. Ivan"-j.shi "k'oii pat - hifc^ t'iim -mong" "ugo ; ^j'ii-^kam ngo ho nor ^.m km "k'ou min lokjj ; j&n "Yi-"iiia-noi"-lei' yap, ^shengt ko ^shi, "k'oii koi meng* jpun hoti pit^ sbii a . jHflngt-ching tsiiir toii ^Ts'e-pin" wa' : — ' "Nei chung" "yau mat^ "ye shiitg-wii" kong „ni ? ' jTs'e-pin" tap^, ,Yan kom ,3 ■n'a" -ngo, liai" chi yong 3 "Yau ^ . ko -tsnng- m kung-to" tainly his name called Evil-Ques- tioning. Formerly Devil-Prince took- possession of-City interior's time, I with him mutually kept company-with extremely thick. His disposition most hate Emmanuel together-with Man- soul's people, extremely ardent heart submissive-to Devil-Prine. Old-time he unceasingly visited-and-saw me ; now I very long not see his face, 32 ; because Emmanuel entered city that time, he altered (his) name, moved away-to another place, 2. Do-right then to Evil-Questioning said: — 'You still have what thing words speak, eh? 53.' Evil-Questioning answering, said : — 'Have 2. People so fashion pro- secute me is most not just : only is St: of one witness, and it is not lawful for the famous town of Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any man to death.' Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said : — ' My Lord, as I was upon my watch such a night at the head of Bad Street in this town, I chanced to hear a muttering within this gentlemen's house ; then thought I what is to do here ? So I went up close, but very softly, to the side of the house to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I might light upon some Diabolohian con- venticle. So, as I said, I drew nearer and nearer ; and when I was got up close to the wall, it was but a while before I perceived that there were outlandish men in the house ; but I did well understand their speech, for I have been a traveller myself. Now hearing such language, in such •a tottering cottage as this old gentle- men dwelt in, T clapt mine ear to a hole in the window, and there heard them talk as followeth : — This old Mr. Questioning asked these Doubters what they were, whence they came, and what was their business in these parts ? And they told him to all these questions, yet he did ^M ^ -"(i A ^ BE. fot tiE A p^.M mmm "IE M.a %%mmmi^ ^^ ^ m.pi nmmm t^.n '^ B# iv m tg PI m m m.M mm mm m if.* mj^nm^Uo f^ Pi # -fe. A,* m ^ m '^M m ^ m mm mxf-^m.m±stfirr nm^ m- mm u ^ m a mM m pg lii ^■^^ Amm m..x ts R ts 7c m.r^ i$ m m.x M i a ^ ^ f^ EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 133 7f9 ke : tuk,-hai" yat^ ko jan tso" ching . "Nei tsatr song shsltj, "ngo jYan-jk'aii hei-^shan wii" : — ' "Ngo ^to hai" tso" "nei ching - jaa & . ^Yii- jShi toil ^Ming-ch'itp wd : — ' Sin kei "iii^n "ngo jCh'^ ^k
  • M Lh is iiq 1® A il sSf.Pg n A MM ,5k READINGS IX CAXTOXESE COLLOQUIAL. 135 jShing jTan-^ing-jShengt; ran" kam - chi "k'oii-ter, "^M ho kong kom tai- jShengf, hung pei" ngor ^yan jt'engt-kin tsaii" ^lai clink^j "ngo- tei a . jHangf-ching tovi ^.Ts'e-pm' wa" : — • |.Xi-ko ^yan ^yu-^kam ching "nei, wa" : — "XJi, tai"-yatj, j.wo-ts'ong ^i sz ko jTi-|.ping, fcaa" "nei yik, ^chi- ko sz ko ^yan hai" piin ^shengf- ke ^ch'au-tikj. iai Ti , nei song takj yatj man" ^Ti-^ping kwiin-tai Tar ^sam, "nei kam - chi ko sz ko ^yan kong wa", '■ ^M ho tai" ^sheng^ ; " tan" ^i kei yong" ^angf- war : tean" hai" hin-j.ming "nei har tso" jMo jWong tong-"yii ^p'ang- koii la .' supposing eommanded-and-led that myriad Donhter-soldiers certainly conquer Mansoul City; further (he) forbid them: — "Xot good to-talk so loud soimd, for-fear by outside men hearing then come catch us, 2.'" " Do-right to Evil-Questioning, said: — 'This [C] man now witness-against you, saying : — Ton firstly, harbour thffie four [C] Doubter-soldiers, but you also knew those four [f.] men were this city's enemies. Secondly, yon wished to-get a myriad Doubier-soldiere to lead. Thirdly, yon restrained those four [f.] men, speaking words, "Xot good loud sound ; " but these several kinds of actions ju.st does make-clear you are being Devil-Prince partizau evidence, 22.' §§ =m 136 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. thou been a friend to the King, thou wouldest have apprehended them.' Then said Evil-Questioning : — ' To the Mm^m.-^'M^mm first of these I answer, the men that ^ mM m^n ^M came into mine house were strangers. m. ff MM p§ * "^ °#. and I took them in, and is it now become a crime in Mansoul for a A Pi ^ f^ i:: # * #» man to entertain strangers ? That i^^x^^^m^m I did also nourish them is also true, ^Mm-nm^^ pi and why should my charity be m n,^ ^^w^mm blamed.!" As for the reason why I tH It pg ^ m.M # n wished ten thousand of them in n fg Pi w i^M n t Mansoul, I never told it to the witnesses, nor to themselves. I n u mM mnr^u might wish them to be taken, and ^K^ ^k,pg ^mm so my wish might mean well to . m%nnm'^mo Mansoul, for aught that any yet knows. I did also bid them take heed that they fell not into the Captain's hands ; but that might be because I am unwilling that any man should be slain, and not because I would have the King's enemies, as such, escape.' My Lord Mayor then replied : — ' That m'^m^^uM'^m^ though it was a virtue to entertain # M "^ mM mm)d strangers, yet it was tredson to en- tertain the King's enemies. And for ^ f^ ^ij % Mii%U!x. what else thou hast said, thou dost ^.ui^M^mmM by words but labour to evade, and i>xi^^mm^ ^t B^oM defer the execution of judgment. t^i^^mmmm ^m But could there be no more proved *B ^ '^ ^E #Jo m ^s jTs'e-piQ" tdpg wa,- : — ' "Yau "yun hiikg jlai to' -ngo ^kd, "ngo ^ying-tsipo ■k'oii cM", kom ke ^htlng-wai', hai" ^m cliokQ ke me ? ^Yan ^m no tso (.yan-oi sz ^me ? Nei yair ^m ^.chi "ngo ^yan mafc^ ^yiin- kwu song takj yat^ man" jYi-j.ping hai ^.sliengf "loii. Wak^- che "ngo song j,yiug-fatj "k'oii-tei" ^.m ^ting ^ni. Tsau" hai" "ngo klii "k'oii-tei" jfong-pei" raai pei" Chii-yi chuk^- to ; shatj |,yan "ngo pat^ yan kin ^yan shau"- sz, ^m hai" song jShengt-"l6ii ^ch'au-tik^ tak^ to- " ..3 ,3 pel" a . ^Ming-ch'it^ toil "k'oii wa" : — ' Fiin- toi" "yiin hak^ hai" chok^ ke ^la ; tan" fiin-toi" -Yi-"niii-noi"-lei" ,ch'au-tik. hai" ^mau- f ^ ^ ';i ^ 4^ ^ ^. # f^ S # ^ "f-M f5t mmm ^M u M m ± n.a - n *.pg 1 ^ # "It iCi\(i/& mM.m ke " jWO liei lok^, — Tim chung" ^shengt ko jan oiii? jYii-jkam cli'e ^tsong fir-"m6 oi - t'ung "nei-tei" ke ^sam-j.ch'6ng, kong yatj kong. "Nei-tei" tsoi" ^wai "p'6 ko ^shi-^hau, ngo" „ni, tsz'- kei ^m "wui shik^ fan". "Lang „ni, tsz"- kei ,m "wui chok^ ,sham. O ' c o c "Nei-ke '16-"m6 t'ai-chii" "nei-ke min"-mau", jt'engt-chii" "nei-ke ^.shengt-|.yam. "Nei siii „ni, fcsair jfiin- hei. "Nei ham ^ni, tsau' ^yau- ^shau. "Nei tsau-tung" ^ni, tsau" p6"-p6" ^.kau-ckii" "nei. 'i!iei yok^ hai" lokj- 16k* "yau ^ti peng"t che^, tsau" ^yau-jShau to "liii-pat^-tak^. j,Ch'ii patj j.shengt ^.ch'a ; f iln" pat^ jShengt Mn" : tang to "nei ^.shan- tsz li6-|.hiil, kom chi ^.on ^.sam. "Ngan hen , hon yat^ ^nin, tai" yat jiiin. Pat^ ^chi shair-kwo ^.to- shiu ^san- fu, shau'-kwo ^to sliiii king- Jong. "Yong "nei, kau "nei to "nei ^shengt ^yan chong tai", t'ai "nei ts'oii {or ts'oii ) tsai ^shang tsz. Mong" "nei tuk^ ^shii ^shengf meng"t. T'al "nei ch'png ^.kd, liip^ yip^. ^Pin yat kin" sz" ^m Jcwan fii'-'mo- ' ke jSam ? JSi (ko ) ^yan- tin hai" p6 tak tsun" ke me.^ "Nei yok^ m to produce]. Man, if (it is that he) is not Filial, then lost heaven earth's harmonious breath, 32. — How still become a [C] man, eh ? 53. Now further take father's, mother's ardent-love of you (with their) heart (and) bowels (of affection), talk one talk. You in bosom embraced, that time hungry, 53, yourself not able eat rice. Cold, 53, yourself not able to-put-on clothes. Your mother looked-at your countenance, heard your voice. You- smile, 53, then happy. You cry, 53, then unhappy You run move, 53, then step [by] step follow you. You if it-is (that you are) a-little having little illness only, then unhappy till finish not able [ = exceedingly, very]. Tea not become tea [to their taste] ; rice not become rice [to their taste] : wait until your body bettered, then only peaceful heart. Eyes looking, look one year, big one year. Not know sustain more less troubles, sustain more less fears-frights. Being you-up, teach you until you become (a) man (and) become big, on-behalf-of you get (a) wife to-bear children. Hope you study books establish a-name. On- behalf-of you created (a) family (and) established property. Which f® ^(2 si m 142 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. they endured, in nourisliing and in #pgii#fat^#^ i^ j^ ^.,m ^ fM li liai' ^m hill talc "htii fu"-"m6 ke jan, ch'e ^tsong "iiei toi" tsai "noii ke jSam j.ch'ong song yat^ song, tsair hid tak lok^^. Kwii ^.yan "yau Ava', ' "Yong tsz ^fong chi fu"-"m6 ,van.'' Ke hai' ^chi-to fir-'mo-ke jan lok^j, tso' mat^ j.m holi hau -shun" "k'oii ^ni ? ^Ni ko hau -shinr, yik, ^m hai" tso- ^m Jai ke sz" Tsik^- jii 'kwii-^shi ^chi jan, "yau ngo' jing ^k'au "lei ke , "yau kot^ kwii fung" ^ts'ati ke , -yau ^mai ji -yong ^ts'an ke\ "^Kom V^"g* ^^ sz", tsair (.nan bok^ lok^ ; yik, - pat^ '*loitj-ting- yii'i kom yong* tso" ■ chi km tso- hau iau ym sara- sam uira--nim-, ^chai tsoi' one [C] matter not appertain-to father mother's heart ? This kind- ness is rewarded able to-the-full, eh ? 39. You if it-is (that you do) not understand able your father's mother's kindness, further take you towards sons daughters that heart bowels think one think, then under- stand able, 82. Ancient men have said, 'Bring-up child, then know father mother's kindness.' Already is know father's (and) mother's kindness, 32, do what not go filial- piety them, eh ? 53. This [C] filial- piety also not is do not come matter [ts6-m-lai = cannot be done]. For instance ancient times' men liave sleep ice begging carp, have cut thigh presented-to parent, have buried child to-nourish parent. Such kind of matter, just difficult to-copy, 32 ; also not really-certainly need so fashion do before (or in order to) tia) m .^z- 144 EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL, requires the heart and thoughts placed on 3'our parents, then all will be well. If you really would recom- pense their kindness, you must leave nothing undone that your powers can accomplish for the comfort and service of the aged. Better that you yourself should have little to eat and to use, and have sufficiency to give them to eat and to use ; and [thus] lessen their toils. You must not gamble, nor drink wine ; you must not go and fight with persons ; you must not privately hoard up money for youself, or love your own wife and children, and overlook your father and mother. What if your external motions should not exactly accord, that will by no means impede , the business ; internal sincerity alone is required ; then you will be success- ful. Suppose [for example] you can give them only daily coarse vegetables and dry rice : yet cause them to eat these with pleasure : — this then is filial piety and obedience. We shall therefore take this principle and extend its application to other things. Thus, [to give a few in- stances] if in your conduct, you be not correct and regular, this is throwing contempt uiDon your own PM: ^ # :t ± m ^M m g a :« 1 ft # II plE, A m.¥ pT i a :^ ^- ^ ^ "16 *.pg n^m mmm ^^m g a ^ iQiQjE jem # m M ^ # p|E M MM M :^ fu"-"m6 jShan shong", tsau" ho. "Nei- tdi' kwo-^yin song p6 jan, tsau" tto'-jfdn tsz"- kei likj-long" tso" tak^ Jai ke , pit^ yiii hoii fung'-^sMng ■long ko ■lo-^yan-jkd,. ^Ning- ho tsz"- kei shikj shiu-^ti, shai shiii-jti, ^to pel kau "k'oii shik^, pei kau "k'oix shai ; t'd,i "k'oii tso" ^san- fii ke sz*. jM ho hoii to ts'in*, yam tsau; ^m ho hoii kung" ^yan ta-kd ; ^m ho 6m jChung ^sz tsz" tsikj-^md,i . jts'in*- ngan*, t'ang tsz"- k^i "16- ^p'6, tsai, "noii, pat^ kwu fu"-"m6. Tsung - sz ngoi" ^pin "m6-matj "lai ^man, ^to pat^ ^fong sz" ; ^tdn yiii jSam "loii ^shing-shatj, tsau" h6. Tsikj-^yii "miii-yatj ^t'so ts'oi "t'dm fin" : chikj yiii ling" "k'oii ^fun-^fiiQ- ^hei-^hei Jai shik^ : — ^pin" shi" hau - shun" lok„. ^Kom '^jbng*, ^tsong ^i ko t6"-"Mi jt'ui-jhoi \ong. Tsau" ^yii koii- tung" jChi jkdn, ^m jtiin-^tiin-ching - ching^, tsau" hai" ^hing-fatj fu"--m6- ke' jWai t'ai : — pin" wai" pat^ h^u loko. T'ai' jCh'iu-jt'ing ts6" sz", ^m be-called act filially. But must-have heart heart thoughts thoughts placed on parents' body above, then good. You really wish to-recompense grace, then whatever own ability do can come, certainly must go (and) do what- ever the two [C] old persons (like in order to please them). Rather self eat lesser (amount), use lesser (amount), also give sufficient them to-eat, give sufficient them to-use; on-behaK-of them do hard matters. Don't go gamble-with money, drink spirits ; don't go with people fight ; don't dark midst secretly self ac- cumulate together money, love own wife, son, daughter, not look-after father, mother. Although outward side not much formalities, also not impede the-business ; only require heart interior sincere, then good. Supposing each day coarse vegetables, tasteless rice, the-only (thing you) must (do is) to-cause them very- very-pleased come to-eat : — that is filial-piety, 32. So fashion take this [C] doctrine ex- tend (it) out to-speak. For-instance actions' midst, not very-very-upright, just is despise parents' left (to you) body : — that is not filial, 32. On- behalf-of (the) Government do mat^ bodies, which were handed down to you from your parents : this is not fihal piety. When doing business for the government, if you do not exhaust your ideas, and exert your strength ; or if, in serving the prince, you be unfaithful, this is just the same as treating your parents ill : — this is not filial piety. In the situa- tion of an officer of government, if you do not act well, but provoke the people to scoff and rail; this is lightly to esteem the substance handed down to you from your parents-: — this is not filial piety. When associating with friends, if, in speech or behaviour you be in- sincere ; this casts disgrace on your parents : — this is not filial piety. If you, soldiers, when the army goes out to battle, will not valiantly and sternly strive to advance; but give persons occasion to laugh at your cowardice; this is to degrade the progeny of your parents : — this also is not fihal piety. In the present age there are very many disobedient children. If their parents speak a word to them, they instantly put on a surly face ; if their parents scold them, they pertly answer again — if called to the east, they go to m »\S) ^ :fi.m ^ :^ ^. ^ # pg ^»^i w ^ ^ MM # if ^ # M if P§ W: MM ^A^ m ife ;S B#.J^ # W M ii # ^ 1^,:* ^x-^ P^o^ 4 ift ± 'ft ^ "IE ^ »fi^ S a ^ ^ f? :*» m mM 1 ^ # ^ M. # ± W A )f tsun" jSam k'tt^ lik^ ; sz" ^kwan patj jChung, tsik^ toi" fu"-"m6 ^m ho yat^ yong' : — pin' slii" pat^ hilu lok^. Tso" ^.kwiin ke , yok^- hai" ^m ho, yan pdk^-sing siu m'ir ; kom hal" tsong fu"-"m6 ^wai t'ai toi" man" lok^ : — tsau" shi" patj hiiu lok^. Tsoi' ^p'ang- "yau jChi ^ts'in, shiit^-Wil' tso" sz' ^m jChan shat^ ; pin" ^sau-yukj fu"- "mo : — yikj hai' pat^ h^u lok^. Yok^ hai" "nei-tel" tso" jping-^ting-ke , "shong ichan" ch'ut^ chin |.chi-^shi, ^m hang "fan-^yung ^ch^ng ^sin; ling" ^yan siu "uei "yiin-yok^ ; kom tsau" hai" tsong fu"-"ni6-ke ^wal t'ai tsok^tsin" lok^j, yik^ hai" pat^ hdu lok^. ^.Yii-jkam shai shong" ng'-yik^ ke tsai kikj ^.to. Fu"-"m6 wa" "k'oii yat^ koii , "k'oii tsau" fd.n min" ; fu'-"m6 m&' "k'oii yatj ^shengt, "k'oii tsau" ying - tsoii, — kiu "k'oii hoii ^tung, "k'oii ^fiin hoii ^sai. Kang "yau ^ti tsz'- kei "lo-^p'o tsai "noii, ^to p^u- pau "nun-"nun, lu - mo tan tai jkei Bhau" ^ngo. Tsz'-'^kei "ye ch'ut^ WO" <.lai, jlin-loii" fu--"m6 shau" hei . Tsz'-'kei fan" ^hiu sz", jlin-loii" fu"- "mo "shong ^kwiin yap, M. ters, not with utmost-extent-of (your) heart exert (your) strength ; serve prince not faithful, just is treat parents not well orie same : — that is not fihal, 32. Being officials, if (it) is (that you) are not good, lead the- peoplc (i.e. the hundred surnames) to- laugh (and) revile, so is take parents handed-down-to (your) body treat neglectfully, 32 : — just is not fihal, 32. In friends' presence, speech, do- ing matters not true (and) firm ; that- is (a) disgrace-to (your) parents : — also is not filial, 32. If (it) is (that) you are soldiers, going-up-into the-array (or the marshalled ranks) going-out-to battle's time, not will- ing vigourously-valiantly strive to- advance ; cause people to-langh-at you (being) weak ; so just is take parents' left-you-to-inherit body make-into ignoble, 32, also is not filial. At- present world in perverse (or stub- born) sons extremely many. Parents say -to them one sentence, (equivalent of ' a word ' in such a connection) they then turn against one ; (lit. turn face) parents scold them with-one sound [only], they then answer back, — tell them to-go-to-the East, they back go-to-the West. Besides have some themselves, wives, children very well the west. Again, there are some whose wives and children are warmly clothed and fully fed, while on the other hand their parents are empty and suffer hunger. They rush into misery, and embarrass and disgrace their parents. They themselves trans- gress the law, and their parents are involved, and brought before the magistrate. It is needless to say that the laws of superior powers will not tolerate this description of persons ; but their own children, beholding their example, will follow closely at their heels, imitating them. Only observe those who have themselves been undutiful and disobedient; where did they ever bring up a good child? Do think a little — will you still not be aroused ? After parents, brothers come next in order. I will not say that these brothers are not two persons; but only that the bones and flesh of their bodies are of the same bones and flesh as my own. Therefore they are called 'hands and feet.' If you treat your brother ill, that is just to treat your parents ill. Suppose they be not brothers by the same mother with you, still they have pg # m "i^ AM m m mm- MM p§ # m •'To m }t i^»pg # ^ i@ A. •4 tt ^ ^M ^m^ # Jni»pg «^ IS pg 1^ ^ 'Kom yong* ke ^yan, pat^ tiikj "lei ^nin jung ; tsau" hai' tsz'- kel tsai- "noii t'al yong*, yik^ "vvui ^kan chii" ^lai tso". "Nei kin ^m hiiu -shun" ke ^yan ; ^pin shii "yong tak^ ch'ufc^ h6 tsai-"n6ii ^lai „ni ? "Nei-tei" song yat^ song, — ^to ^m sing-ng" ^me? ^Ch'ii InivL fu"-"ni6, tsau" hai" ^hing-tai". jNi-jti jhing-tai" ^m hai" "long ko ^yan ; "k'oii ^shan shong" ke kwat^ yukj, tsau" hai" "ngo ^shan shong" ke kwatj-yakj. Sho-"yi kiii tso" shau- tsukj. "Nei yok, pok^-toi" ^hing-tai", pin" shi" pokj toi" fu"-"m6 lokg. Tsikj ^sz jhing-tai" ^m ^t'ung "16- -mo, yikj hai' yat, ko fu^-^ts'an-ke kwa,tj hiito ; ^m "^ho wa" ^m ^t'ung "16- ^ satisfied with food and quite warm {lit. also full full warm warm), parents on-the-other-hand endure famine, suffer hunger. Themselves bring out (or bring into existence) misery come implicate parents to receive re- proach. Themselves trangress-having in-matters, involve parents to-appear before (lit. to-up) officials to-enter- into departmental (offices). So fashion men not only common sense (or principles) not allow ; just is own sons daughters see the-fashion, also can follow in-order-to do (the same). You see not-filial men what place rear-up able out good children come, eh? 53. You think one thought — also not aroused, eh ? 39. Deducted having father (and) mother, then there-are brothers. These brothers not are two [C] men; their bodies upon bones flesh just is my body upon's bones flesh. There- fore called hand (and) foot. You if slight brothers, that is slighting parents, 32. Even supposing (or though) brothers not same mothers, also is one [C] father's bones blood ; ^S 'M ^ 150 EEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. the bones and blood of the same nM^mMm^oA father ; hence let it not be said that n±mu^^.mM they are not of the same mother — let im m ^h m.m ^^mm them not be treated diiferently. The M—'Mo most intimate of all relations among men in the world, is that of a wife ; but suppose that your wife die, yon may still marry another. But if a brother die, where will you go to it B ^ fi ^fc mM ^ m seek for another ? Eeflect seriously mnm-MmmM then, whether you ought, or ought mm- UM MM^* not, to love [your brothers]. ^M^o But in what manner is this love and mmm.'^mnvjiomm kindness to be manifested to them ? m^^^^mmi^m.^ Younger brothers should greatly res- m-^m ^.^ ^^m. pect elder brothers. In every affair. ^^M ^.^ ^ tr It. whether in eating or in putting on ^ # ^ mM # ^ j^. apparel — in \'isiting friends or in ^ ^ ^.^ % ^M ^ conversation, in walking, sitting, or mmM-xm^.-^m standing, — ^in all these things the :tKMm-m-i^ precedence must he yielded to the m.M^^m^-vm. elder brother. Among men of old. nwtMm^^^.n belonging to the same village or M-i^m^itm.nm hamiet, it was thus — another person. nmm^ t&pg m m ten years older than myself, I hon- m.±no oured him as an elder brother — if he was five years my snperior in age. I walked shoulder by shoulder with him, rather a little behind ; but dared not presume to go before him. If it wa-s proper for me to treat a ^h A ^ ^ ^M ^ nm stranger, who was my superior in mmnnMi^^n ^ m "mo, — tsau" jfan-jlioi jhon-toi" a . jYan shai shong" tsoii ^ts'an ke bai' jts'ai ; pel -yii" ^ta'ai sz ^hiii, chung" ho-'yi ts'oii ^faa yat^ ko . Hiiig-tai" yiikj bai' sz ^biu, jAn sbii chung" lo takj ^fan yat^ ko ^lai ^ni ? 'Nei-tei' song yat^ song, bai" chokj ^ts'an-oi ^m cbok, a ? Tim yong* ^ts'an-oi chi tak^ ^ni ? Tso" sai - lo-ke , yiii king -chung" tiii"-jko. J.M lun" mat^ "ye sz', wiik, bai" shikj fan", Wilk^ bai" choko- jSbam, wiikj hai' ^hang "lai, wik^ bai" ''kong-Wil", wdk^ bai" ^biing-lo", wakj hai' "ts'o*t, wtlk, bai" "k'el, — jto yiii jhim-yong". Tso" tili" Jto ke : — kwu jSbi ^cbi jan, tsau" sbi" yatj jbong yat^ ^ts'iin ke , "k'oii yok, tiii" kvvo "ngo sbapj,s6ii , "ngo tsau" jtsiin "k'oii tso" ^ko-^ko ; "k'oii yokj tili" kwo 'ngo "ng soii , "ngo tsau' jtli jkin ^kan-chii" "k'oii ; ^m 'kom ts'im "k'oii ^sin ^bi'ing. Ngoi" jan jiin- kei-tal', "ngo sbong^-'^ch'e 'kom Vo^g* ^i"g ' chung- "k'oii, ^bi-fong bai" "ngo- don't say not same mother — then divide treatment, 2. Men world on most near is wife; supposing wife dies, still may take back one [C.]. Brother if it-is (that be) dies, what place yet get able back one [C] to come, eh? 53. You think a thought, is right to dearly -love (or) not right ? 2. How fashion dearly-love in order to do, eh ? 53. Being younger-brother, must respect higbtly elder brother. With- out-reference-to what thing matter, whether it-is eating rice, whether it-is dressing, whether it-is visiting {or per- forming ceremonials), whether it-is conversation, or it-is walking, whether it-is sitting-down, or it-is (standing), —also must-be yielding. Witb-regard- to elder brothers :— ancient times's men, that were one village one village, be if older than I ten years, I then honoured him to-be elder brother ; he if older than I (by) five years, I then against his-sboulder followed him ; not dare arrogantly first to walk. Outside men age-big, I however so fashion reverently-respect them, how age, in so respectful a manner, how much more so thus to treat my own elder brother ! With regard to elder brothers, they ought tenderly to love their younger brothers. We must, without respect to their age treat a younger brother as a child. For example, your own child, if he be worthless, you are displeased with him, scold him, beat him ; and then afterward change your countenance [become pleased] and tenderly love him as before. But you do not act thus towards your younger brothers. You will not deliberately advise them, and speak to them ; but, as soon as you find some trilling error in them, you begin to wrangle with them. But think that you and your younger brother were nourished and brought up by the same parents :— now, if you beat your younger brother, this is the same as beating yourself. These younger brothers know not good from evil ; hence, when beaten by their elder brothers, they also learn to lift their hands. We may compare them to a man's hands and feet; a man slips his hand, and strikes his foot ; but would it not be strange to say that he should take his foot and kick at his hand again ! m >ls $n ^ "IE fiF ^ Pg $f . Pg m^ ^M Pg -t IHi M m mM iif ^ ^ f5t « ^M m m ^.x PS m^m ^,j;ii iift — M u RPg MMUmi ke jts'an tdi" ^ko ^ni ? Chi jii ■tso" titi" ^ko ke , yiii oi t'ling ,5 c, , sai - lo Sai - 16 jSoii hai" ^nin- " kei-tili", "ngo ^ying tong "k'oii hai" tsai "noii ^hon-toi". Pei-^yii, "ngo-ke tsai "noii ^m ho, "ngo yik^ ying" chan no" "k'oii, nvir "k'oii, ta "k'oii ; chiin mln" yat^ chan", ^yi kair oi -t'ung "k'oii. Chi jii sai - 'l6 -yau ^ra ho ch'ii . Tsoi ^m hang mtln"-Snan* hiin "k'oii, kilu "k'oii; yatj yii" sai - 16 "yau ^ti ^to ^m ohok^, tsau" yiii ^chang-taii hei Jai. Song "ha "nei kung" "nei sai - lo, ^to hai yafcj ko -16--m6 ^shang ke . "Nei yokj tci, "nei sai - 16, tsair hai' tsz"- *^kei "^ta tsz'-'^kci yat^ yong" lok^. Ts6- sai - 16-ke , yau" ^^m ^chi h6 *^ch'au ; kin' tiii--JvO "^ta "k'oii, "k'oii yikj jWaii "^shau. 'Pei-jii yat^ ko jan ke "^shau ; "yau ^shi ts'o shau 'ta jts'au kok^ ; ^m ^t'ung yiu "k'Ai k6k„ hoii' t'ek^t (fan chek„ ''shau ,me ? much more (if he) is my own elder brother, eh ? 53. As-to (those who) are elder brothers, must fondly love younger brothers. Younger brothers, although it-is (that their) age great, I ought to-consider them as sons daughters treat. For example, my children not good, I also seriously an- gry with them, scold them, beat them; (then) changing countenance imme- diately according-to-old fondly love them. As-to younger brother having bad points, again not willing slowly advise him, teach him. If (seeing) younger brother have a-little not right, then must wrangle rise come. Think a-bit you with your younger brother also are one [C] mother gave- birth-to. You if beat your younger brother, just is yourself beating your- self one same, 32. Being (a) younger brother further not know good bad, seeing elder brother beat him, he also return (the) hand. For-instauce- as if a [6'.] man's hand, there-were times by-mistake (lit. wrongly the hand) struck the-foot ; is-it-necessary to-take the foot to-go to-kick back [C] hand, eh ? 39. , Now, want of harmony among brothers, generally arises from contentions about property, and from listening to what their wives say. What these wives say may not be wholly destitute of reason ; but because it has a little reason in it, it enters their husbands ears before they are aware. Thus a sister-in-law [the elder brother's wife] will perhaps say to the elder brother : — ' How slothful my little uncle is ! how insufferably prodigal ! You have painfully and labouriously collected money to support him ; and still he is prating about long, and chatting about short. Is it not hard to say that you are his son, and that I am his daughter-in-law ; and that we must go and discharge filial duty to him ? ' The wife of the younger brother also knows how to chatter to him : — ' With respect to your elder brother,' she says, 'he has, it is true, scraped to- gether money ; but you also have scraped together money, and acted your part in the family, both in great and small affairs, just as well as he ; yea even a hired coolie has not such # ^ ^.-^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ m M.m M ^ It # m m n "Ie Wo M 'm % "IE #»* Pt [Mj ± ^ mM s A ^ pt 8E mM ^ ii m mM m.m mm mm x.^a^ ^ Pt ^ ^ "^.li m m "IE f? ifc m ^ ^ ^.M s^ ^ READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. 155 jYu-|.l{am j.liing-tai- patj ^wo, ^.to hai* Now brethern not harmonious, much wai" ^chiing ^ts'oi hei-ki'n , ^to hai' is on-account-of dispute (concerning) jt'engt jts'ai tsz shiitQ-wa". ^Soii-jin wealth arising to-appearanee, much tso" ^ts'ai- tsz-ke shiit^j-wa,", yik^ ^m is Hstening-to wife (and) children's hai" tsung "mo fc6"-"lei ; ching ^yan- words. Although being wife (and) wai" "k'oti-ke shiitg-wil", yik^ "yau children the words, also not is en- jti t6"-"lei, pra" pat^ |.cln pat^ kok^, tirely without doctrine ; properly be- jt'ingt-^ts'ung "k'oii lok^,. cause-of their speech, also have some doctrine, therefore unconsciously (and) unawares, listen-to-and-follow them, 32. Tsau"- jii tso" tai'-'so ke', hong' tdi"- For instance being (an) elder-brother's- jko \y&' : — ' Sid shiik^ tim yong* wife, towards elder brother (i.e. her "Jan-to", tim- yong" san ts'in*. husband), say : — ' Little uncle how "Nei jSan-^san-^fii-'fu chan" "^ts'in* fashion lazy, how fashion waste jlai "yong "k'oii ; "k'oii chnng" shiit^ money. You with greatest trouble jCh'ong Inn" tiin. ^M-^t'ung "ngo- have-earned in-order-to rear him ; he tei" hai" "k'6ii-ke tsai kung" sik^- still speaks much and little (yarns "fu ; j.ying-^koi han -shnn" "k'6ii-ke about him, for the meaning is neces- ^me?' sarily a lad one). Ts-it-that we are his son together-with daughter-in- law ; (and) ought to-have-filial-piety- towards him, eh ? 39. 'Ko-ko' sai -"^lo-ke ^ts'ai, yik, "wiii The [C] younger brother's wife also is- hong' ch6ng--jfu wil" : — ' Tsau'-shi" able toward (her) husband to-say : — tili--^ko "wiii chiin" "^ts'in* ; "nei 'Although (better still or admitting yikj chiln--kwo "^ts'in*, "nei tsoi" it as a fact) (your) elder-brother has- jka ^chung tso" ^ni yong", tso" been-able to-earn money ; you also "^ko yong" ; tsik^-'^sz ts'eng-f ko have-earned money, you in family ^ch'ong-jkung, jik^ "mo kom ^16- midst do this kind (of thing), do 'fii ke'. ^P'in-^p'iii "k'oii-ke' 'tsai that kind (of thing) ; even engage a -noii tsau" hai" tsai "noii; "mai permanent-work (servant), also not ^ ^. 156 READINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. toil and labour a^s you have. His m. m ^.w ii m ^»pg own children are treated as children ; m^^uif ±M m M "buy this for them to eat, and buy that for them to eat ; " but is it not "IE «#cfl?. mmm m^^ hard to say, that our children are to B m m.m b m m.m be allowed to starve?' This kind %nm:kn^u.mm of prattle, to-day a little of it, and to-morrow a little of it, seldom #A:4>#jti:m#it fails to make an impression on the ^ "IE 'vr^ m^'^ m- brothers. From this their affections B Bm MM ^ m begin to cool towards each other. mmti^^Mx-^ and day by day they become more alienated, till finally it ends in 3if^m%-m KM wrangling and fighting ; not consider- W.^^-^n^ ^M U ing that as brothers they were m^umn.iff%Mm originally one person. Suppose an "lEJffl m ^ B^ ^M A elder brother be rather destitute of " » - " r m^^ V V » ^m^ ■ P » i'ii^ ^ ^F ability, and his younger brother wmmn.^^Mm , support him ; this is just what he m,^ i%-^^mm ought to do. And if a younger # m m.H mn^m brother be possessed of but little mmmnmwmM talent, and his elder brother support him; this also is nothing more than ^m^^ ^M ^ m he ought to do. If at any time, a # UM tiumm ^.^ few impertinent words, or unbecoming ^m^m m^M ^ m sentences be uttered, they should be tH.tr %'^1^% nM looked upon as if spoken when over- ^nmi^^^^ vs-M come by wine, or when dreaming; then the whole matter will be easily ^■^^M^^^.i^ settled. But if you will determinately c-i^li^At^^^* stand out each for his right : then *r :fe ^ m- m^tm you are fitly compared to a man's two mum^^Mm^ PM m jiii yong" .shikj, "mdi ko yong" shikj ; ja jt'ung "ngo-ke tsai "noli, tsau' ^koi sz ke ^me?' Ohiil Kom yoDg* shiitQ-wa', ^kam yatj -yau ^ti, fining yat, -yau ^ti, ja kwiii tak tso" tiK'-^ko ke , ^m ^t'eugf-takj-yapj "yi. ^Ts'ung- ts'z tsau" jtsong ^hing-tai'-ke jSam ^ch'ong jto 'lang-tam', . yat^ yat^ yatj yatj tsikj-^mai, pin'-chi to d,i -nau" ta-kd, lok^ ; ^sliui pat chi hing-tal" ^yun hai" yat^ kb ^yaH. Tsikj- sz tiii'-^ko "mo^nang- kon , tso" sai - 16-ke "yong "fc'oii ; yikj hai" ^ying-jkoi ke . Sai - 16 "mo ^nang-kon , tso" tai"-^ko-ke , "jong "k'oii ; yik^ hai" ^ying-^koi ke . Yokj hai" yat^ ^shi, "yau ^ti jhdn jiB, jhan "yu, chik^ tong "k'oii yam tsoii tsau, wdk^ tong "k'oii kong mung" w^" ; tsau" tai'-jka sdtQ-^hoi lok^. "Nei yok^ yin^ takj ^chan ; p'ei - jii "long chekg 'shau, — yau" shau kik, ^k'ei ^nang-kon , — se tsz" hai" "k'oii, ti Bun'-jp'un yikj hai" "k'oii* ; ^ning mat -"ye mat^-'^in*, ^to Jiai" "k'oii : ko chekg tso shau, tsau" ho pau'- chtttg. Mei'-^ts'ang ^t'engf kin jan ^'ai yaii" shau hoii ti tso shau ke'. Yatj ko' ^hing-tai" jts'ati-^ts'an kfi' 'shau tsnkj— Sim 'ho ^diang so ardent-toil. Only his sons (and) daughters just are sons (and) daugh- ters; buying this kind-of -thing to- eat, buying that kind-of-thing to-eat. Is it that our sons (and) daughters just ought to-die, eh ? 89.' Accord- ing-to such kind-of words, to-day have some, to-morrow have some, not to-be-wondered-at (that he who) is elder-brother, not hear able-enter-into ear. From this then render brothers' hearts (and) bowels also lukewarm, one day one day accumulated-to- gether, until arrived-at brawling fight- ing, 32. Who not know brethren ■ originally are one [C] person. Sup- posing elder-brother no ability, being younger-brother support him ; also is (what) ought (to-be-done). Younger brother no ability, being elder-brother support him; also is (what) ought (to-be done). If there-be at-a time, (that) there-are some idle words, idle speech, then regard him (as) from- drinking drunk-with wine, or consider him as-speaking dream words ; then both separate (*.e. separate without any more quarrel). You, if recognised can (the matter), truly (i.e. seriously) ; for- instance two [C] hands,— the-right hand extremely it (has) ability — writing is it ; manipulating the-abacus hands, — the right hahd boasts extra- vagantly of its abihty — it writes, it strikes the abacus ; it lays hold of every thing : as for the left hand, it is artless in the extreme ! But was there ever a man seen or heard of, who took his right hand and set to work to beat the left ? Brothers are as nearly related as hands and feet — why then strive and debate about trifles? Reflect for a little. Money is [as] the restless waters — it goes and returns again. As for our wives, they are not of the same parents with us ; they have not the same feeling. Only observe brothers that do not agree ; their parents most undoubtedly are rendered uneasy. You have but just to notice your own children when they fight ; are you then displeased or not displeased ? Hence those who , discharge filial piety, will never dis- ' agree with their brothers. The common proverb says well, 'To attack the tiger, engage the aid of a brother,' and, 'In advancing to '•- 'battle, it is requisite .to have father ■' and son united in- the combat' ■It is also said, 'A stranger, though ■ extremely good, is still a stranger ; - my own brother, ; though extremely i worthless, is still part ;of myself,' It # ^ 4 MM mm^^ if:kn ^M ^^ M M "IE AM ff pg ^ ^ it ^j. mM @ # ft A> 61 @ # g a»X i§.J£ m n ^ i^M wi$m ■ ^ch'ong, . UiQ- tiih^ni? '"Nel song yatj song. ^Ts'iii ngan*hai" t'ong Joi ^chi matj— hoii -^hiu yair "wiii Jal ke . ^Ts'ai- tsz ^m hai" knng" "ngo yatj ko "16-"m6 ; 'k'ou hlii -takj mat J "ye to" -"lei ^iii? Tiin"- Jim hing-tai" pat ^wo ; tso" fu"-'m6 pitj-^yin ^sliang-liei . "Nei sM t'ai ■^ fiei taai "nou ta-ka ; nei ^sam , "Ipii no" ,.m 110". jjUi ? Sho-"yi tso" hilu tsz ke ^yan, tsnng "mo ^m j\v6-yapj Jiing-tal" ke . Tsukj-'yii" "ya.u wa": — ' Ta. fu,. pat^ ' ^lei jts'an ^hing-tai'.' ' "Shong dian" ' jWfljx-jSou ' fu--'tsz jpir^g.'. , Yau" ,\va- :— 'ftto ■ kikj ■:hai^ ,-jt*il jan ; _!ch'au kikj.hai" ts?--'^kei.' . .Yau"- 'SvU- :— '-jHirig-tai- ph,tj ^wd, ' ^p'ong jan ,hei.' 'Chi (or ^-cliik J. kwii i'nei- tei" jChtlng jhan hei ; tsau" "yau jan jlai jt'm-jSO "nei, ^pun-lung' -n6i-t6i" also is it ; bringing any article (what- ever), also is it : that [C] left hand just (is) very inactive. Not-yet heard of anyone taking right hand to-go to-strike left hand. One [C] (pair of) brothers (are like) nearest hands (and) feet — How good strive long (and) speak short, eh ? 5o. You think a think. Cash (and) silver are suddenly come things, gone again can come. Wife (and) children not are with me one [C] mother ; they under- stand able what thing-of principle, eh ? 53, (i.e. principle of loving your brothers). Whenever brothers not harmonious ; (those who) are parents must certainly grieve (or be troubled in their minds). You test (and) see your children fight ; your heart within angry not angry eh? 53. Therefore (who) are filial sons (those) persons, entirely not-have not har- monious (with) brothers. Proverb does say : — ' To-attack tiger, do-not separate-fro ra own brothers.' 'Going-up-to battle must-needs-have (union of the) father (and) sons (as) soldiers.' Again it is said.- '(Even • though)' good to-the-extreme, (a stranger) is (still) another man ; (even '■ thojigh) bad to-the-extreme, [i ■ (a brother) is (still) one's self. ©: 160 ^ KEADINGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. is further said, 'When brothers do not agree, those who stand by, will contemn them.' Do but observe your own idle quarrels ; and yon will find persons ready enough to come and work you up to wrath, by carrying tales between you, about your rights and wi'ongs; till it perhaps comes finally either to fight- ing or to lawsuits. Then — to a cer- tainly, your family is ruined. If you discharge filial duty, those of you who are of the people wiU be good people ; and those who are soldiers, will become the spirited sons of Han [i.e. brave, soldiers]. Now among you all, whether soldiers or people, what one is there who knows not that filial piety is a good thing ; that harmony among brothers is a good thing? Well, seeing that you are ready to confess that these are right, why do you not, with a true heart, go and exert your strength to do them? It is indispensably requisite to have the heart and thoughts fixed on parents and brothers. Do not content your- selves with merely a polite external appearance. Do not overlook lesser matters. Do not covet a mere empty name from spectators. Persevere in goodness. He who does so, is it # M ^M ^ ^MM ^M - 10 pg ^ ^ij ^ :ft * # eis.^» m si^ iCL^ <^»Pi itf ?t ^ ^^ A i^ ^%m mm m%n « piE # ^M nm^m it ^M ^ li pg #.^ m^^m ^.^ i^ ^^ 'i> 7n» juEo ke shi'-jfei ; vrAk^ shi" tii-tau , wak^ shi" td-^wiin-QSz. Tsung "mo yat ko ^m pai" ^ka ke . "Nei- tei" yokj hai" hri,u -shun" ^ts'an oi (jni, tso" ^man-ke , chi hai" Jong jinan ; tso" ^ping ke , chi hai" ho hon . Tan" -hai" "nei-tei" ^ping ^man, gpln yatj ko ^m ^chi-to hau -shun" hai" ho sz" ; ^hing-tai" ^wo-yap^ hai" ho SZ" ? Ke -^yin ^chi-tak^ hai" ho, tso" -mat yau" ^^m shat^ ^sam, shat^ likj hoii^ tso" oUi? Pit^-^soii ^sam- sam mm" -mm" kei -cnu lu - mo ^hing-tai". ^M "^ho tsing" tso" ngoi"- min"-ke ^yi-^man. ^M ho fat^-lokj ko'-jti "^siii sz". ^M "^ho tsing" ^t'am ngo^ ^yan-ke ^ming-^shing. ^M ho jts'iu ^shi "^ho, faau"-Joi yau" ^m ho. 'Kom chi hai' ^chan-^chan-ke hau 'tsz — ^chan-^chan-ke ho ^hing-tai". -'Nei, yokj hai" ^m hau , wak, hai" hing-tai" ^m ^wo, tsau" ym k ai ying-fatj 'ch'ii-chi" lok^^, Urr "nei sam "loii ^m ^ing-piikj, ch'ii-chi" "nei yik^ <.m6 yik^. Further, (it is) said, 'Brothers not agree, (standing-by-the) side people deceive (or oppress) (them).' If- ouly you (or if you do nothing but pay attention-to) regard your disputes-about trifling tempers ; then have men come egg-you-on, (and) stir- up your gossip, or it-is (that they-stir you up) to-fighting, or it-is (that they stir you up) to-law-suits. En- tirely there-is-not one [C] (that) does-not ruin (his) family (property). You, if are filial (and) (feel) affec- tion (and) love (for your relatives), being-of the-people, then you-are good people; being soldiers, then you-are brave-men. But you soldiers (and) people, which one [C] not know filial piety is (a) good thing ; brothers harmonious is good thing? If-already know (it) is good, why further not firm mind, firm strength go do, eh? 53. Must- with heart, continually remember parents (and) brothers. Do-not only do outside ceremonies (or outward forms). Do- not make-light-of (or despise) those little things. Do-not only covet outside persons' (giving you a) re- putation. Do-not (in) former times (be) good, afterwards again not good. So only is truly filial son — rf5> ^ ^1 162 BEADINGfS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL. truly a dutiful son — truly a good brother. If you be not obedient to your parents, or do not live in harmony with your brothers, the penal law will lay hold of, and correct you; but even that, if you are without understanding, will fail to reform you. — ' The Sacred Edict.'' LESSON, XXX. The daughter-in-law was called Coral ^m^m.^mm,^n Cheng. She was a very beautiful girl, had a low, soft-toned voice, and was very polite and kind. She waited upon her mother-in-law, mak- m^m ¥>^* ^^ m m ing a point of going to her, early m m 53 ^M ^ M M. each morning, to ask how she was, at the same time bringing cakes and tea to her. She could not but tidy herself up, before presenting ^-fsj'^'if fjHi.^ herself to her mother-in-law ; and. mmmm.^^mm.. with her features properly composed, she came and attended respectfully upon her. Nevertheless Old Cross Sticlfs, who had been of a giddy f* $? H# ^ Jg^M ffi ^ disposition, seeing Coral so charming, felt ashamed of her own looks and thereupon loudly scolded her, say- ing: — 'It is an everyday occurrence for a daughter-in-law to wait upon a ^m^^xiWE^n \^ ^ truly good brother. You, if are not filial, or-if (it) is (that you) are (a) brother, not harmonious, then must take iristruments-of-torture, (and) law to-deal-witli (you), 32 ; but-if your heart within not under- stand, dealing-with you also is-not profitable. LESSON, XXX. jSan--fil sing^ Cheng", "^meng* ^Shiin- ^wii. jShSing takj shap, ^fan "mei- mdu", kik, -yau "lai-yi", jau ^shengf hii' hei, fuug'-sz" ^ka-^p'o. ■Mill jChiu-^shan "^tso ting- ^pit to ^k^-^p'o shii' man^ ^on, *^f 'ung (i.e. p'ung) ^ch'i hin' ^Jengf. ''Shiu pat^ "mln ^sau- shikj jUgiln- jung ; ^wai- ji chi king . ^Shoii - patj-jChi ^Wiing -^man -^shiii yatjhong' siug'-^ts'ing jt'iu-fat^, kin Shiln-^wu -mei-lai", tsz" kok^ ^wai- ^ts'am, soli- tiii" ^shengt mt'r yiit^ :— 'Tso- jSan--fu king' ^ka-^p'o shi" p'ing- shong sz". "Nei kwu ho ^shi- jhing ^mo? ^Ho yung- ^chi-^chl- 'ching-'ching, ^shing-^shing shlk^- shikj, pin- takj ko' ^ong* fkiu- yiu ? "^Song Joi 'ngo shii mai--ts'iii inri,'? %go jtojig-jCh'o tso" ^san- -fii jShi, chiing' 'ho shik'j- shoii kwo The daughter-in-law, surnaraed Cheng, named Coral, grew (so as to be) able (to be) ten parts beautiful, extremely had politeness (and) kindness, soft sound, low breath. Ecspectfully-wait- ed-upon the-family mother, each morning, early-morning, fixed heart arrived-at family mother's place, asked welfare, offered tea, presented cakes. Must necessarily (This is a mandarin phrase, but is understood and used hj educated people) im- prove appearance ; correct department in-order-to-be respectful. Neverthe- less Cross-grained-firewood, before- time (or all-along-up-to-the-present- time) temperament giddy, seeing Coral (so) nice looking, she felt ashamed (of her own appearance), thereupon (with) loud voice scolded, saying : — vra 164 KEADINCJS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL, mother-in-law. Do you think it is a new thing to do ? What is the use of your mincing walk, affected tones, ogling eyes, and expressive face? Do you, dressed up in that fascinating style, wish to come and tvoo me ? When I was first a bride, I was ten times prettier than you are. I never thought that old age would now make me ugly and diminish my good looks.' When Coral heard this, she hung down her head, and received the rebuke submissively without presuming to say a word. Coral again, early the next morning, presented cakes and tea, and asked for her mother-in-law. She was dressed plainly though nicely, and looked neat and clean ; she had on a washable, blue jacket ; and had neither powdered nor rouged herself. As soon as Old Cross Sticks had set eyes on her, her ire again rose ; and she greeted" her with : — ' I only said a word to you yesterday, and you come this morning then, without putting a flower in your hair, or powder on your face, or your best clothes on. You want to come and make me angry. Do you think I don't know? Do you think I m m MM * H m m MM m m ^»:?> Pg MM P§ I^M # Pg ^ pg ^M f* ^ Pg ^o "nei shapj-'p'oii. ^M kwu |.kam- yatj "16 takj ko yong* ch'au- t'ili , k^m hoii ^.Siim ^.fan. ^.Shan- ^wii jt'engt ptr, |.tai ^t'an shun" shoii", patj .kom cli'iit^ ^sliengf. ^Ming- fcso yair fang" ^cli'a pengf man" ^.011 ; ^.cliong-tak^ "nga-Um" kit^-tsing', chok-Q kin' sai- shoii ^lam- jSham : ^t'au miir pat^ ^shl ^chi- fan. ^Wang-^man-jShai yat^ kin , yau" fatg no', yiit : — ' Tsok^ ^chiu wii' yatj koii , ^kam ^.chiii kom tsau" fa ^m tai , fan ^.m ^ch'rf,, ^san ^sham ^m chok,.. Song ^.loi kik^ "no "ngo. "Noi "'kwii "ngo ^m ^chi ? Nei kwii "ngo ^m ^chi ? ' ^Shan- ^wu yau" jtai ^t'an j,mo yvi, tsz" yiin .patj hiii fnng--j,sl)ing. ' Being (a) daughter-in-law reverenc- ing mother-in-law is ordinary matter. You think very fashion able, eh ? What (is the) use (of^ mincing walk, affected tones, ogling-eyes-and- expressive-face ? Dressed (in) that fashion fascinating, wish to-come my place to-show-off-your-beauty (to- me), eh ? 35. I, when at-first was a-bride time, still better colour than you tenfold. Did-not think to-day, oldened that appearance, ugly reduced gone three tenths.' Coral hearing finished, bowed-down head, compliantly received, not dare utter sound. Next morning again presented tea, cakes, asked (after) welfare. Adorned plainly, cleanly -neatly ; wearing article washable, blue jacket ; head, face not put red (or) white cosmetics. Cross-graincd-fire-wood one see again, got angry, said : — ' Yesterday morn- ing, said one sentence, this morning, so-then flowers not wear, powder not applied, new clothes not wear. Wish to-come make angry me. You think I not know ? You think I not know ? ' Coral again stooped head, no words, herself blamed, (because she did) not understand to-wait-upon (and) please (her grandmother). ^ 166 ^ KEADIKGS IN CANTONESE COLLOQUIAL don't know ? ' Coral again hung down her head and said nothing, but blamed herself for not knowing how to present herself properly before her mother-in-law. After this, if the mother-in-law kicked against a stool. Coral was scolded ; if the fowls would not eat, Coral was scolded. Coral went to jMy tJie visit [made by a young bride] to her own family, and, when she came home after three days, she was scolded for ten days. Tai-Shing, seeing that his mother was displeased, gave Coral a severe beating to please his mother. »«»»*_ The mother-in-law stood at the door, one night, and scolded loudly, only because some trifle did not suit her. Coral brought out a bamboo chair, and asked Granny to rest herself on it. Old Cross Sticks sat down, and leaned back, while, with her hand upraised and stamping her foot, she scolded without stopping. Coral boiled a cup of tea, and, brought it, asking Granny to slake her thirst. Old Cross Stick's throat was moistened after drinking it ; and then, with a shriller voice and more penetrating sound, she scolded till the third watch of the night, when ^ ,.Vv t- * * -Jr- * 'Uo mM M MM M MM m H MM m %.^ m KEADINGS I\ CAKTOXESE COLLOQUIAL. 167 Tszr-hair. ftk.t chiikj tang - tsai, ^tsong ^Shan-^wii ma" ; ,kai ^m shik^ "mai, jtsong jShan-jWii nui". ^Shan-^wTi hoii t'am ngor ^ka ^am yat^, ^kwai Joi, pe^ ma" "liu shap, yat^. Tar- i^shincr kin "lo-"mo pat^ yut^. sou ^Kijnv ^.Slian-^wu ^hau ta, "yi shnn" siu Tatj "man, pat^ kwo jaa ^- 1 sr patj hop, yi , pin" "k'ei ^miin "^hau tai" ma" yat, ^ch'ong. ^Shan- ^wii 'fung (i-e. Ving) cChong chnkj Vi ch'ntj ^loi, ts'engf ^P'o- ^p'o ^on -ts'o't- jWang-jmau-^hiii "tB'o*t ha", |._viii-k\vat^ ^ai ^bs'e. 'shau chi ^fiu, kok^ V^'^K '*i"' ma" jjatj tsiit, ^shing. ^Shan^^wu ^po j.ch'a, vat J Sviio. fmig (i.e. p'ung) Joi, 'te'engt ^P'o-^p'o 'kai hot„. jWang-^man-^shai yam "liii, ^hau- ^iung ke' yun- ; hei kang ^.ko, shengt kang "^hong, ma" to ^am jkitng, jShengt tsim" ^tai, lik, tsim" ^mei, hei tsim" ch'iin. Afterwards, kicked against stool, took Coral to-scold ; fowls not eat rice, took Coral to-scold. Coral went to- visit her-own-family, (Ut. the outside family) three days home came, was scolded ten d&ji. Tai-shing S'/eing (his) mother not pleased, then took Coral tortured, to comply (with his) mother's heart. •««»•_ One night, not more than ou-ac-i jiint- of (some) trifling thing D^^t agree- able (to her) wisli, forthwith stood in (the) doorway, great scolded one [^'.]. Coral brought [f.] bamboo chau- out come, invited, 'Gr^nuy peacefully sit.' Cross-Grained-Fire- wood sat down, backlrone leaned-liack awry, hand pointed-to heaven, foot stamping the-earth, scolded without stopping sound. Coral boiled tea one bowl, brought-in-tT,-f>-hand=. came invited Granny slake thirst. Crojs- grained-fire-wood drank finished, throat being moistened, breath still- more high sound, still-more resonant, gradually her voice gob fainter, her strength diminished, and her breath was gradually reduced to a whisper. Coral knelt before lier and said : — ' Grranny I have heard everything you have said. I know now, and I will be good. I beg you, Granny, to go to bed and rest quietly : so as not to get the cold wind on you here, and be calling out the whole night with colic' Old Cross Sticks said : — ' I will scold ; I will scold ; ' and she ivould not lie down, but scolded till dawn, Coral weeping and wailing at her side. Xhe neighbours then came in a body, and advised the old woman to stop her scolding. Coral, having lighted a lamp, came and led and sujoported her mother-in-law to her room for her to rest quietly. She put right the bed-clothes and the mosquito-net, and put straight her pillow, telling her : — 'Granny, go to sleep quietly;' and then she went away. «**»•_ Tai-Shing knew from the first that Coral was an admirable wife; but there was no help for it — she did not suit his mother ; so he wrote out a Bill of Divorcement, and directed Coral, as follows:— 'I have heard that a wife is married to wait upon %Tm BM m m i^»^ ^ ^ m,% M i£ itfc ^ T 4 m.M ^ »4 at ^c M ^ 5^ id ±M m ^k "rfli ^0 ***** c t,, ^Shiln-wu kwai" hs'r, pan yiit^ : — ' ^P'o- jP'o sho kiu , sikj-"tu tsun" tak^ jt'engt ^man. ^Kam clii, ""koi kwo lok^. Ts'engt ^P'o-^p'o ^wiii ^ch'ong .on shoii" : "miii-cbi tsoi" t'sz shair li'ii jSbing-jfung, ^t'ung ye" kiu "t'6 t'ung .' jWilng-^man-jShii yiitj : — ' "Ngo yiii md" ; 'ngo yiii mil".' Ping ^chi ^m shoii", ma" to ^t'in ^kwong, ^Shan- jWU ^ts'ung (P'ong ^t'ai huk^. ^Lun- "lei knng" Joi liun chi. ^Sh^n- ^wii ti'm jtang, ^loi "yan, ^fu-cM" jkwai "^fong* ^on hi\. ''Ohing ho -p'ei-jP'6, ^man-chong , ji ching 'cham-jt'au, chuk^-fu ^P'o-^p'o ^on shoii', ji hoii .»****. TiLi'-jShing 'piin-Jol ^chi tak^ ^Shdn- jWii jin-hdu ; ^mo noi" — "16-"m6 patj hopj yi' ; soii" "^se ^fan ^shu, yat^ ■^chf, jfan-fii' ^Sh^n-^wii, yiitj!— ' "Ngo jinan 'ts'oii ^ta'ai sho-"yI sz" "m6. ^Kam chi' -16-"m6 jShi-^shi kik^ -n6. Yiii' ^ts'ai ^ho yung"? "Ngo scolded until third watch, voice gradually lowered, strength gradually small, breath gradually gasping. Coral knelt down, petitioned, saying : — 'Grranny whatever taught, daughter- in-law entirely obtained the-hearing. Now knowing, change (from) error, 32. Invite Granny return-to bed, peace- fully sleep, to-avoid, at this (place), receive draft, throughout the-night call-out stomach ache.' Cross-Grained-Firewood said: — 'I want- to scold ; I want-to scold.' And would- not sleep, scolded till (the) sky (was) light. Coral from (her) side wept (and) cried. The (people of the) neighbouring lane together came, advised (her) to-stop. Coral lighted a-lamp, (and) came, (and) led, (and) supported (her) home to (her) room to-quietly rest, made right bedding, mosquito-net, changed straight pillow, enjoined Granny peacefully sleep, and- then went-away. «•••». Tai-Shing originally knew Coral was- virtuous (and) iilial ; (but) there-was- no help-for-it — (his) mother (did) not (find her to) suit her-mind ; then wrote divorce deed, one paper, directed Coral, saying: — 'I have-heard in- taking a-wife (it is) for-the-purpose- rfa) one's mother. Now you cause my mother to be continually angry. What is the use of having a wife ? I give you a Deed of Divorce. You can go elsewhere, look for a good place, and marry, someone else. It is not fit for you to live in my house.' After he had said this, he twirled his sleeves in anger, and went away. ^ ^ ^ M ft -fee 7C Hi PI flq *c ^tsong ^fan-jShii 'yli "nei. "Nei ho pitj ^ts'am ho shii , ling- ka ^t'a j&n. Patj-^yi tsoi^ "ngo-ukj chii" Wa'-^yun ^.fan tsau', ch'utj ^rniin ^yi hoii , of serving the-mother. Now it-has- c6me-to mother always exasperated (or provoked). Want wife what use ? I take divorce deed give-to you. You can elsewhere look-for good place, besides marry another man. Not be- seeming (or it is unbecoming) in my house live (final).' Speak finished, turned sleeves, went- out-of door, and then went-away. HONGKONG. Printed by KELLY & WALSH, Limited. 1894.